Թուեր / Numbers - 32 |

Text:
< PreviousԹուեր - 32 Numbers - 32Next >


jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
In this chapter we have, I. The humble request of the tribes of Reuben and Gad for an inheritance on that side Jordan where Israel now lay encamped, ver. 1-5. II. Moses's misinterpretation of their request, ver. 6-15. III. Their explication of it, and stating it aright, ver. 16-19. IV. The grant of their petition under the provisos and limitations which they themselves proposed, ver. 20, &c.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The Reubenites and Gadites request Moses to give them their inheritance on this side of Jordan, Num 32:1-5. Moses expostulates with and reproves them, Num 32:6-15. They explain themselves, and propose conditions, with which Moses is satisfied - they are to build cities for their wives and children, and folds for their cattle, and go ever Jordan armed with the other tribes, and fight against their enemies till the land is subdued; after which they are to return, Num 32:16-27. Moses proposes the business to Eleazar, Joshua, and the elders, Num 32:28-30. The Gadites and Reubenites promise a faithful observance of the conditions, Num 32:31, Num 32:32; on which Moses assigns to them, and the half tribe of Manasseh, the kingdom of Sihon, king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og, king of Bashan, Num 32:33. The cities built by the Gadites, Num 32:34-36. The cities built by the Reubenites, Num 32:37, Num 32:38. The children of Machir, the son of Manasseh, expel the Amorites from Gilead, Num 32:39, which Moses grants to them, Num 32:40. Jair, the son of Manasseh, takes the small towns of Gilead, Num 32:41. And Nobah takes Kenath and its villages, Num 32:42.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:0: The record of the last war to the east of the Jordan is followed by the assignment of the lands already conquered to the tribes of Reuben and Gad and to certain families of the tribe of Manasseh.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Num 32:1, The Reubenites and Gadites sue for their inheritance on the east side of Jordan; Num 32:6, Moses reproves them; Num 32:16, They offer him conditions with which he is content; Num 32:33, Moses assigns them the land; Num 32:39, They conquer it.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Division of the Conquered Land Beyond the Jordan Among the Tribes of Reuben, Gad, and Half-Manasseh - Numbers 32
(Note: This chapter is also cut in pieces by Knobel: Num 32:1, Num 32:2, Num 32:16-19, Num 32:24, Num 32:28-30, and Num 32:33-38, being assigned to the Elohist; and the remainder, viz., Num 32:3-5, Num 32:6-15, Num 32:20-23, Num 32:25-27, Num 32:31, Num 32:32, and Num 32:39-42, to the Jehovist. But as the supposed Elohistic portions are fragmentary, inasmuch as it is assumed, for example, in Num 32:19, that the tribes of Reuben and Gad had already asked for the land of the Jordan and been promised it by Moses, whereas there is nothing of the kind stated in Num 32:1 and Num 32:2, the Elohistic account is said to have been handed down in a fragmentary state. The main ground for this violent hypothesis is the fancy of the critic, that the tribes mentioned could not have been so shameless as to wish to remain on the eastern side of the Jordan, and leave the conquest of Canaan to the other tribes, and that the willingness to help their brethren to conquer Canaan which they afterwards express in Num 32:16., is irreconcilable with their previous refusal to do this, - arguments which need no refutation for an unprejudiced reader of the Bible who is acquainted with the selfishness of the natural heart. The arguments founded upon the language employed are also all weak. Because there are words in Num 32:1 and Num 32:29, which the critics pronounce to be Jehovistic, they must proceed, both here and elsewhere, to remove all that offends them with their critical scissors, in order that they may uphold the full force of their dicta!)
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO NUMBERS 32
This chapter relates, how that the tribes of Gad and Reuben requested a settlement in the country of Jazer and Gilead, being fit for the pasturage of their cattle, Num 32:1 at which Moses at first was very much displeased, as being unreasonable, and tending to discourage the rest of the people; and as acting a part like that their fathers had done before them, which brought the wrath of God upon them, so that they all but two perished in the wilderness; and this he suggests would be the case again, if such measures were taken, Num 32:6 upon which they explain themselves, and declare they had no intention of forsaking their brethren, but were willing to leave their children and cattle to the care of divine Providence, and go armed before Israel, until they were brought into, and settled in the land of Canaan; nor did they desire any part or inheritance in it, Num 32:16, this satisfied Moses, and he agreed to it, that the land they requested should be their possession, provided the conditions were fulfilled by them, which they proposed, Num 20:20, and which they again agreed unto, and promised to perform, Num 32:25, wherefore Moses gave orders to Eleazar, Joshua, and the chief fathers of the tribes, to put them in possession of the land of Gilead on those conditions, Num 32:28 and which were again promised that they would observe, Num 32:31, and at the same time Moses made a grant of the kingdoms of Sihon and of Og to the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and to half the tribe of Manasseh, Num 32:33 and the chapter is closed with an account of the cities built or repaired by the children of Gad and Reuben, Num 32:34 and of the cities in Gilead taken and possessed by the children of Machir, and by Jair, who were of the tribe of Manasseh, Num 32:39.
32:132:1: Եւ անասուն բազո՛ւմ էր որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, որդւոցն Ռուբինի, եւ որդւոցն Գադայ զեղեա՛լ յոյժ. եւ տեսին զերկիրն Յազերայ, եւ զերկիրն Գաղաադու. եւ էր տեղին՝ տեղի՛ խաշանց[1540]։ [1540] Ոմանք. Որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, Ռուբենի եւ որդւոցն Գադայ... եւ տեսեալ զերկիրն Յազերայ... եւ տեղին էր տեղի խաշանց։
1 Իսրայէլացիները բազում անասուններ ունէին, բայց Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի ունեցածները չափազանց շատ էին: Նրանք տեսան, որ Յազերի ու Գաղաադի շրջանները հօտերի համար յարմար արօտավայրեր են:
32 Գադին որդիները ու Ռուբէնին որդիները խիստ շատ անասուններ ունէին. ուստի տեսնելով որ Յազերի երկիրը Գաղաադի երկիրը անասուն պահելու յարմար տեղ են,
Եւ անասուն բազում էր որդւոցն [514]Իսրայելի, որդւոցն`` Ռուբենի եւ որդւոցն Գադայ զեղեալ յոյժ. եւ տեսին զերկիրն Յազերայ եւ զերկիրն Գաղաադու, եւ էր տեղին տեղի խաշանց:

32:1: Եւ անասուն բազո՛ւմ էր որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, որդւոցն Ռուբինի, եւ որդւոցն Գադայ զեղեա՛լ յոյժ. եւ տեսին զերկիրն Յազերայ, եւ զերկիրն Գաղաադու. եւ էր տեղին՝ տեղի՛ խաշանց[1540]։
[1540] Ոմանք. Որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, Ռուբենի եւ որդւոցն Գադայ... եւ տեսեալ զերկիրն Յազերայ... եւ տեղին էր տեղի խաշանց։
1 Իսրայէլացիները բազում անասուններ ունէին, բայց Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի ունեցածները չափազանց շատ էին: Նրանք տեսան, որ Յազերի ու Գաղաադի շրջանները հօտերի համար յարմար արօտավայրեր են:
32 Գադին որդիները ու Ռուբէնին որդիները խիստ շատ անասուններ ունէին. ուստի տեսնելով որ Յազերի երկիրը Գաղաադի երկիրը անասուն պահելու յարմար տեղ են,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:11: У сынов Рувимовых и у сынов Гадовых стад было весьма много; и увидели они, что земля Иазер и земля Галаад есть место [годное] для стад;
32:1 καὶ και and; even κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity ἦν ειμι be τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously καὶ και and; even εἶδον οραω view; see τὴν ο the χώραν χωρα territory; estate Ιαζηρ ιαζηρ and; even τὴν ο the χώραν χωρα territory; estate Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even ἦν ειμι be ὁ ο the τόπος τοπος place; locality τόπος τοπος place; locality κτήνεσιν κτηνος livestock; animal
32:1 וּ û וְ and מִקְנֶ֣ה׀ miqnˈeh מִקְנֶה purchase רַ֗ב rˈav רַב much הָיָ֞ה hāyˈā היה be לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֧י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son רְאוּבֵ֛ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad עָצ֣וּם ʕāṣˈûm עָצוּם mighty מְאֹ֑ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might וַ wa וְ and יִּרְא֞וּ yyirʔˈû ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֶ֤רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth יַעְזֵר֙ yaʕzˌēr יַעְזֵר Jazer וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth גִּלְעָ֔ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וְ wᵊ וְ and הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold הַ ha הַ the מָּקֹ֖ום mmāqˌôm מָקֹום place מְקֹ֥ום mᵊqˌôm מָקֹום place מִקְנֶֽה׃ miqnˈeh מִקְנֶה purchase
32:1. filii autem Ruben et Gad habebant pecora multa et erat illis in iumentis infinita substantia cumque vidissent Iazer et Galaad aptas alendis animalibusAnd the sons of Ruben and Gad had many flocks of cattle, and their substance in beasts was infinite. And when they saw the lands of Jazer and Galaad fit for feeding cattle,
1. Now the children of Reuben and the children of Gad had a very great multitude of cattle: and when they saw the land of Jazer, and the land of Gilead, that, behold, the place was a place for cattle;
32:1. Now the sons of Ruben and of Gad had many herds, and their substance in cattle was inestimable. And when they had seen that the lands of Jazer and Gilead were suitable for feeding animals,
32:1. Now the children of Reuben and the children of Gad had a very great multitude of cattle: and when they saw the land of Jazer, and the land of Gilead, that, behold, the place [was] a place for cattle;
Now the children of Reuben and the children of Gad had a very great multitude of cattle: and when they saw the land of Jazer, and the land of Gilead, that, behold, the place [was] a place for cattle:

1: У сынов Рувимовых и у сынов Гадовых стад было весьма много; и увидели они, что земля Иазер и земля Галаад есть место [годное] для стад;
32:1
καὶ και and; even
κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal
πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity
ἦν ειμι be
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
καὶ και and; even
εἶδον οραω view; see
τὴν ο the
χώραν χωρα territory; estate
Ιαζηρ ιαζηρ and; even
τὴν ο the
χώραν χωρα territory; estate
Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even
ἦν ειμι be
ο the
τόπος τοπος place; locality
τόπος τοπος place; locality
κτήνεσιν κτηνος livestock; animal
32:1
וּ û וְ and
מִקְנֶ֣ה׀ miqnˈeh מִקְנֶה purchase
רַ֗ב rˈav רַב much
הָיָ֞ה hāyˈā היה be
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֧י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵ֛ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad
עָצ֣וּם ʕāṣˈûm עָצוּם mighty
מְאֹ֑ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
וַ wa וְ and
יִּרְא֞וּ yyirʔˈû ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֶ֤רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
יַעְזֵר֙ yaʕzˌēr יַעְזֵר Jazer
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
גִּלְעָ֔ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold
הַ ha הַ the
מָּקֹ֖ום mmāqˌôm מָקֹום place
מְקֹ֥ום mᵊqˌôm מָקֹום place
מִקְנֶֽה׃ miqnˈeh מִקְנֶה purchase
32:1. filii autem Ruben et Gad habebant pecora multa et erat illis in iumentis infinita substantia cumque vidissent Iazer et Galaad aptas alendis animalibus
And the sons of Ruben and Gad had many flocks of cattle, and their substance in beasts was infinite. And when they saw the lands of Jazer and Galaad fit for feeding cattle,
32:1. Now the sons of Ruben and of Gad had many herds, and their substance in cattle was inestimable. And when they had seen that the lands of Jazer and Gilead were suitable for feeding animals,
32:1. Now the children of Reuben and the children of Gad had a very great multitude of cattle: and when they saw the land of Jazer, and the land of Gilead, that, behold, the place [was] a place for cattle;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1: «Земля Иазер и земля Галаад» — восточное Заиорданье.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: The Request of the Reubenites.B. C. 1452.
1 Now the children of Reuben and the children of Gad had a very great multitude of cattle: and when they saw the land of Jazer, and the land of Gilead, that, behold, the place was a place for cattle; 2 The children of Gad and the children of Reuben came and spake unto Moses, and to Eleazar the priest, and unto the princes of the congregation, saying, 3 Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nimrah, and Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Shebam, and Nebo, and Beon, 4 Even the country which the LORD smote before the congregation of Israel, is a land for cattle, and thy servants have cattle: 5 Wherefore, said they, if we have found grace in thy sight, let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession, and bring us not over Jordan. 6 And Moses said unto the children of Gad and to the children of Reuben, Shall your brethren go to war, and shall ye sit here? 7 And wherefore discourage ye the heart of the children of Israel from going over into the land which the LORD hath given them? 8 Thus did your fathers, when I sent them from Kadesh-barnea to see the land. 9 For when they went up unto the valley of Eshcol, and saw the land, they discouraged the heart of the children of Israel, that they should not go into the land which the LORD had given them. 10 And the LORD's anger was kindled the same time, and he sware, saying, 11 Surely none of the men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob; because they have not wholly followed me: 12 Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite, and Joshua the son of Nun: for they have wholly followed the LORD. 13 And the LORD's anger was kindled against Israel, and he made them wander in the wilderness forty years, until all the generation, that had done evil in the sight of the LORD, was consumed. 14 And, behold, ye are risen up in your fathers' stead, an increase of sinful men, to augment yet the fierce anger of the LORD toward Israel. 15 For if ye turn away from after him, he will yet again leave them in the wilderness; and ye shall destroy all this people.
Israel's tents were now pitched in the plains of Moab, where they continued many months, looking back upon the conquests they had already made of the land of Sihon and Og, and looking forward to Canaan, which they hoped in a little while to make themselves masters of. While they made this stand, and were at a pause, this great affair of the disposal of the conquests they had already made was here concerted and settled, not by any particular order or appointment of God, but at the special instance and request of two of the tribes, to which Moses, after a long debate that arose upon it, consented. For even then, when so much was done by the extraordinary appearances of divine Providence, many things were left to the direction of human prudence; for God, in governing both the world and the church, makes use of the reason of men, and serves his own purposes by it.
I. Here is a motion made by the Reubenites and the Gadites, that the land which they had lately possessed themselves of, and which in the right of conquest belonged to Israel in common, might be assigned to them in particular for their inheritance: upon the general idea they had of the land of promise, they supposed this would be about their proportion. Reuben and Gad were encamped under the same standard, and so had the better opportunity of comparing notes, and settling this matter between themselves. In the first verse the children of Reuben are named first, but afterwards the children of Gad (v. 2, 25, 31), either because the Gadites made the first motion and were most forward for it, or because they were the better spokesmen and had more of the art of management, Reuben's tribe still lying under Jacob's sentence, he shall not excel. Two things common in the world induced these tribes to make this choice and this motion upon it, the lust of the eye and the pride of life, 1 John ii. 16. 1. The lust of the eye. This land which they coveted was not only beautiful for situation, and pleasant to the eye, but it was good for food, food for cattle; and they had a great multitude of cattle, above the rest of the tribes, it is supposed because they brought more out of Egypt, than the rest did; but that was forty years before, and stocks of cattle increase and decrease in less time than that; therefore I rather think they had been better husbands of their cattle in the wilderness, had tended them better, had taken more care of the breed, and not been so profuse as their neighbours in eating the lambs out of the flock and the calves out of the midst of the stall. Now they, having these large stocks, coveted land proportionable. Many scriptures speak of Bashan and Gilead as places famous for cattle; they had been so already, and therefore these tribes hoped they would be so to them, and whatever comes of it here they desire to take their lot. The judicious Calvin thinks there was much amiss in the principle they went upon, and that they consulted their own private convenience more than the public good, that they had not such regard to the honour and interest of Israel, and the promise made to Abraham of the land of Canaan (strictly so called), as they ought to have had. And still it is too true that many seek their own things more than the things of Jesus Christ (Phil. ii. 21), and that many are influenced by their secular interest and advantage to take up short of the heavenly Canaan. Their spirits agree too well with this world, and with the things that are seen, that are temporal; and they say, "It is good to be here," and so lose what is hereafter for want of seeking it. Lot thus chose by the sight of the eye, and smarted for his choice. Would we choose our portion aright we must look above the things that are seen. 2. Perhaps there was something of the pride of life in it. Reuben was the first-born of Israel, but he had lost his birthright. Several of the tribes, and Judah especially, had risen above him, so that he could not expect the best lot in Canaan; and therefore, to save the shadow of a birthright, when he had forfeited the substance, he here catches at the first lot, though it was out of Canaan, and far off from the tabernacle. Thus Esau sold his birthright, and yet got to be served first with an inheritance in Mount Seir. The tribe of Gad descended from the first-born of Zilpah, and were like pretenders with the Reubenites; and Manasseh too was a first-born, but knew he must be eclipsed by Ephraim his younger brother, and therefore he also coveted to get precedency.
II. Moses's dislike of this motion, and the severe rebuke he gives to it, as a faithful prince and prophet.
1. It must be confessed that prima facie--at first sight, the thing looked ill, especially the closing words of their petition: Bring us not over Jordan, v. 5. (1.) It seems to proceed from a bad principle, a contempt of the land of promise, which Moses himself was so desirous of a sight of, a distrust too of the power of God to dispossess the Canaanites, as if a lot in a land which they knew, and which was already conquered, was more desirable than a lot in a land they knew not, and which was yet to be conquered: one bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. There seemed also to be covetousness in it; for that which they insisted on was that it was convenient for their cattle. It argued likewise a neglect of their brethren, as if they cared not what became of Israel, while they themselves were well provided for. (2.) It might have been of bad consequence. The people might have taken improper hints from it, and have suggested that they were few enough, when they had their whole number, to deal with the Canaanites, but how unequal would the match be if they should drop two tribes and a half (above a fifth part of their strength) on this side Jordan. It would likewise be a bad precedent; if they must have the land thus granted them as soon as it was conquered, other tribes might make the same pretensions and claims, and so the regular disposition of the land by lot would be anticipated.
2. Moses is therefore very warm upon them, which is to be imputed to his pious zeal against sin, and not to any peevishness, the effect of old age, for his meekness abated not, any more than his natural force. (1.) He shows them what he apprehended to be evil in this motion, that it would discharge the heart of their brethren, v. 6, 7. "What!" (says he, with a holy indignation at their selfishness) "shall your brethren go to war, and expose themselves to all the hardships and hazards of the field, and shall you sit here at your ease? No, do not deceive yourselves, you shall never be indulged by me in this sloth and cowardice." It ill becomes any of God's Israel to sit down unconcerned in the difficult and perilous concernments of their brethren, whether public or personal. (2.) He reminds them of the fatal consequences of the unbelief and faint-heartedness of their fathers, when they were just ready to enter Canaan, as they themselves now were. He recites the story very particularly (v. 8-13): "Thus did your fathers, whose punishment should be a warning to you to take heed of sinning after the similitude of their transgression." (3.) He gives them fair warning of the mischief that would be likely to follow upon this separation which they were about to make from the camp of Israel; they would be in danger of bringing wrath upon the whole congregation, and hurrying them all back again into the wilderness (v. 14, 15): "You have risen up in your fathers' stead to despise the pleasant land and reject it as they did, when we hoped you had risen up in their stead to possess it." It was an encouragement to Moses to see what an increase of men there was in these tribes, but a discouragement to see that it was withal an increase of sinful men, treading in the steps of their fathers' impiety. It is sad to see the rising generation in families and countries not only no better, but worse than that which went before it; and what comes of it? Why, it augments the fierce anger of the Lord; not only continues that fire, but increases it, and fills the measure, often till it overflows in a deluge of desolation. Note, If men did but consider as they ought, what would be the end of sin, they would be afraid of the beginnings of it.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:1: Jazer - Compare the marginal reference. This district, although included in the land of Gilead, seems to have had special attractions for the Israelite settlers. All travelers in Gilead, the modern Belka, bear witness to its richness as compared with the country to the west of the Jordan. Its general character is that of an upland pasture, undulating and thickly timbered. In the last respect its northern portions excel its southern; but for fertility of soil the southern province is preferred by the Arabs, in whose lips it has passed into a proverb: "Thou canst not find a country like the Belka."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:1: the children: Num 2:10-15, Num 26:5-7, Num 26:15-18; Gen 29:32, Gen 30:10, Gen 30:11
Jazer: Num 32:3, Num 32:35, Num 21:32, Jaazer, Jos 13:25; Sa2 24:5; Isa 16:8, Isa 16:9
the place: Num 32:26; Gen 13:2, Gen 13:5, Gen 13:10, Gen 13:11, Gen 47:4; Jer 50:19; Mic 7:14; Jo1 2:16
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:1
The Reubenites and Gadites, who had very large flocks and herds, petitioned Moses, Eleazar, and the princes of the congregation, to give them the conquered land of Gilead for a possession, as a land that was peculiarly adapted for flocks, and not to make them pass over the Jordan. מאד עצוּם, "very strong," is an apposition introduced at the close of the sentence to give emphasis to the רב. The land which they wished for, they called the "land of Jazer (see Num 21:32), and the land of Gilead." They put Jazer first, probably because this district was especially rich in excellent pasture land. Gilead was the land to the south and north of the Jabbok (see at Deut 3:10), the modern provinces of Belka in the south between the Jabbok and the Arnon, and Jebel Ajlun to the north of the Jabbok, as far as the Mandhur. Ancient Gilead still shows numerous traces of great fertility even in its present desolation, covered over as it is with hundreds of ruins of old towns and hamlets. Belka is mountainous towards the north, but in the south as far as the Arnon it is for the most part table-land; and in the mountains, as Buckingham says, "we find on every hand a pleasant shade from fine oaks and wild pistachio-trees, whilst the whole landscape has more of a European character. The pasturage in Belka is much better than it is anywhere else throughout the whole of southern Syria, so that the Bedouins say, 'You can find no country like Belka.' The oxen and sheep of this district are considered the very best" (see v. Raumer, Pal. p. 82). The mountains of Gilead on both sides of the Jabbok are covered for the most part with glorious forests of oak. "Jebel Ajlun," says Robinson (Pal. App. 162), "presents the most charming rural scenery that I have seen in Syria. A continued forest of noble trees, chiefly the evergreen oak (Sindin), covers a large part of it, while the ground beneath is covered with luxuriant grass, which we found a foot or more in height, and decked with a rich variety of flowers" (see v. Raumer, ut sup.). This also applies to the ancient Basan, which included the modern plains of Jaulan and Hauran, that were also covered over with ruins of former towns and hamlets. The plain of Hauran, though perfectly treeless, is for all that very fertile, rich in corn, and covered in some places with such luxuriant grass that horses have great difficulty in making their way through it; for which reason it is a favourite resort of the Bedouins (Burckhardt, p. 393). "The whole of Hauran," says Ritter (Erdkunde, xv. pp. 988, 989), "stretches out as a splendid, boundless plain, between Hermon on the west, Jebel Hauran on the east, and Jebel Ajlun to the south; but there is not a single river in which there is water throughout the whole of the summer. It is covered, however, with a large number of villages, every one of which has its cisterns, its ponds, or its birket; and these are filled in the rainy season, and by the winter torrents from the snowy Jebel Hauran. Wherever the soil, which is everywhere black, deep, dark brown, or ochre-coloured, and remarkably fertile, is properly cultivated, and you find illimitable corn-fields, and chiefly golden fields of wheat, which furnish Syria in all directions with its principal food. By far the larger part of this plain, which was a luxuriant garden in the time of the Romans, is now uncultivated, waste, and without inhabitants, and therefore furnishes the Bedouins of the neighbourhood with the desired paradise for themselves and their flocks." On its western slope Jebel Hauran is covered with splendid forests of oak, and rich in meadow land for flocks (Burckhardt, pp. 152, 169, 170, 173, 358; Wetstein, Reiseber. pp. 39ff. and 88). On the nature of the soil of Hauran, see at Deut 3:4. The plain of Jaulan appears in the distance like the continuation of Hauran (Robinson, App. 162); it has much bush-land in it, but the climate is not so healthy as in Hauran (Seetzen, i. pp. 353, 130, 131). "In general, Hauran, Jaulan, el Botthin, el Belka, and Ejlun, are the paradise of nomads, and in all their wanderings eastwards they find no pasture like it" (Seetzen, i. p. 364). מקום, a locality, or district. מקנה מאום = מקנה ארץ (Num 32:4), a district adapted for grazing.
Geneva 1599
32:1 Now the children of (a) Reuben and the children of Gad had a very great multitude of cattle: and when they saw the land of Jazer, and the land of (b) Gilead, that, behold, the place [was] a place for cattle;
(a) Reuben came from Leah, and Gad from Zilpah her handmaid.
(b) Which was named for the heap of stones that Jacob made as a sign of the covenant between him and Laban in (Gen 31:47).
John Gill
32:1 Now the children of Reuben and the children of Gad had a very great multitude of cattle,.... By which it seems that they had more in proportion than any of the other tribes; by what means it is not easy to say; very probably they were more addicted to the pastoral life, and took more delight in breeding cattle, and were more diligent in taking care of them: however, the reason for this observation presently follows:
and when they saw the land of Jazer, and the land of Gilead; Jazer was in the kingdom of Sihon, and Gilead in the kingdom of Og, which had been both conquered by the Israelites:
that, behold, the place was a place for cattle; where much cattle was fed, there being a great deal of good pasturage for them: Jazer appears to be a well watered country, Jer 48:32, and Gilead and Bashan which joined and belonged to the same country of Og, who was king of Bashan, were famous for good feeding of cattle: hence we read of the bulls of Bashan, and rams of the breed of Bashan, and goats on Mount Gilead that looked plump and sleek; see Mic 7:14.
John Wesley
32:1 Jazer - A city and country of the Amorites; Gilead - A mountainous country, famous for pasturage
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:1 THE REUBENITES AND GADITES ASK FOR AN INHERITANCE. (Num. 32:1-42)
the land of Jazer, and the land of Gilead--A complete conquest had been made of the country east of the Jordan, comprising "the land of Jazer," which formed the southern district between the Arnon and Jabbok and "the land of Gilead," the middle region between the Jabbok and Jarmouk, or Hieromax, including Bashan, which lay on the north of that river. The whole of this region is now called the Belka. It has always been famous for its rich and extensive pastures, and it is still the favorite resort of the Bedouin shepherds, who frequently contend for securing to their immense flocks the benefit of its luxuriant vegetation. In the camp of ancient Israel, Reuben and Gad were pre-eminently pastoral; and as these two tribes, being placed under the same standard, had frequent opportunities of conversing and arranging about their common concerns, they united in preferring a request that the trans-jordanic region, so well suited to the habits of a pastoral people, might be assigned to them.
32:232:2: Եւ մատուցեալ որդիքն Ռուբինի եւ որդիքն Գադայ՝ ասեն ցՄովսէս եւ ցԵղիազար քահանայ, եւ ցիշխանս ժողովրդեանն։
2 Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի մարդիկ գալով Մովսէսի, Եղիազար քահանայի ու ժողովրդի իշխանների մօտ՝ ասացին.
2 Գադի որդիները ու Ռուբէնի որդիները գացին ու Մովսէսին, Եղիազար քահանային եւ ժողովուրդին իշխաններուն հետ խօսելով՝ ըսին.
Եւ մատուցեալ որդիքն Ռուբենի եւ որդիքն Գադայ ասեն ցՄովսէս եւ ցԵղիազար քահանայ եւ ցիշխանս ժողովրդեանն:

32:2: Եւ մատուցեալ որդիքն Ռուբինի եւ որդիքն Գադայ՝ ասեն ցՄովսէս եւ ցԵղիազար քահանայ, եւ ցիշխանս ժողովրդեանն։
2 Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի մարդիկ գալով Մովսէսի, Եղիազար քահանայի ու ժողովրդի իշխանների մօտ՝ ասացին.
2 Գադի որդիները ու Ռուբէնի որդիները գացին ու Մովսէսին, Եղիազար քահանային եւ ժողովուրդին իշխաններուն հետ խօսելով՝ ըսին.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:22: и пришли сыны Гадовы и сыны Рувимовы и сказали Моисею и Елеазару священнику и князьям общества, говоря:
32:2 καὶ και and; even προσελθόντες προσερχομαι approach; go ahead οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath εἶπαν επω say; speak πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs καὶ και and; even πρὸς προς to; toward Ελεαζαρ ελεαζαρ Eleazar τὸν ο the ἱερέα ιερευς priest καὶ και and; even πρὸς προς to; toward τοὺς ο the ἄρχοντας αρχων ruling; ruler τῆς ο the συναγωγῆς συναγωγη gathering λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
32:2 וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֥אוּ yyāvˌōʔû בוא come בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad וּ û וְ and בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son רְאוּבֵ֑ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben וַ wa וְ and יֹּאמְר֤וּ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֶלְעָזָ֣ר ʔelʕāzˈār אֶלְעָזָר Eleazar הַ ha הַ the כֹּהֵ֔ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to נְשִׂיאֵ֥י nᵊśîʔˌê נָשִׂיא chief הָ hā הַ the עֵדָ֖ה ʕēḏˌā עֵדָה gathering לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
32:2. venerunt ad Mosen et ad Eleazarum sacerdotem et principes multitudinis atque dixeruntThey came to Moses and Eleazar the priest, and the princes of the multitude, and said:
2. the children of Gad and the children of Reuben came and spake unto Moses, and to Eleazar the priest, and unto the princes of the congregation, saying,
32:2. they went to Moses, and to Eleazar the priest and the leaders of the multitude, and they said:
32:2. The children of Gad and the children of Reuben came and spake unto Moses, and to Eleazar the priest, and unto the princes of the congregation, saying,
The children of Gad and the children of Reuben came and spake unto Moses, and to Eleazar the priest, and unto the princes of the congregation, saying:

2: и пришли сыны Гадовы и сыны Рувимовы и сказали Моисею и Елеазару священнику и князьям общества, говоря:
32:2
καὶ και and; even
προσελθόντες προσερχομαι approach; go ahead
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
εἶπαν επω say; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
καὶ και and; even
πρὸς προς to; toward
Ελεαζαρ ελεαζαρ Eleazar
τὸν ο the
ἱερέα ιερευς priest
καὶ και and; even
πρὸς προς to; toward
τοὺς ο the
ἄρχοντας αρχων ruling; ruler
τῆς ο the
συναγωγῆς συναγωγη gathering
λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
32:2
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֥אוּ yyāvˌōʔû בוא come
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵ֑ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּאמְר֤וּ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֶלְעָזָ֣ר ʔelʕāzˈār אֶלְעָזָר Eleazar
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּהֵ֔ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
נְשִׂיאֵ֥י nᵊśîʔˌê נָשִׂיא chief
הָ הַ the
עֵדָ֖ה ʕēḏˌā עֵדָה gathering
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
32:2. venerunt ad Mosen et ad Eleazarum sacerdotem et principes multitudinis atque dixerunt
They came to Moses and Eleazar the priest, and the princes of the multitude, and said:
32:2. they went to Moses, and to Eleazar the priest and the leaders of the multitude, and they said:
32:2. The children of Gad and the children of Reuben came and spake unto Moses, and to Eleazar the priest, and unto the princes of the congregation, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
32:2 The children of Gad and the children of Reuben came and spake unto Moses,.... The children of Gad are mentioned first, though Reuben was the firstborn, and had a standard under which Gad pitched: it may be, as Aben Ezra thinks, the Gadites were the first authors of this counsel, the contrivers of this scheme; who first moved it to the Reubenites, which they had an opportunity of doing, lying encamped by them; or however, they might be the most busy and active in this affair, or the best spokesmen; for it could be only some, in the name of the whole, that addressed Moses on this account, and spoke to him about it:
and to Eleazar the priest, and unto the princes of the congregation; who perhaps were the seventy elders, and with Moses the chief ruler, and Eleazar the high priest, made up the grand sanhedrim, or great council of the nation, and were undoubtedly the most proper persons to apply unto:
saying: as follows.
32:332:3: Ատարովթ, եւ Դեբոն, եւ Յազեր, եւ Նեմբրա, եւ Եսեբոն, եւ Էլէալէթ, եւ Սեբամա, եւ Նաբաւ, եւ Բեան[1541]. [1541] Ոմանք. Եւ Նաբրա.. եւ Եղեաթէլ. եւ Սեմաբա։
3 «Ատարոթը, Դեբոնը, Յազերը, Նեմբրան, Եսեբոնը, Էլէալէթը, Սեբաման, Նաբաւը եւ Բէանը՝
3 «Ատարովթ, Դեբոն, Յազեր, Նամրա, Եսեբոն, Եղէաղէ, Սեբամա, Նաբաւ ու Բէան՝
Ատարովթ եւ Դեբոն եւ Յազեր եւ Նեմբրա եւ Եսեբոն եւ Եղէաղէ եւ Սեբամա եւ Նաբաւ եւ Բէան:

32:3: Ատարովթ, եւ Դեբոն, եւ Յազեր, եւ Նեմբրա, եւ Եսեբոն, եւ Էլէալէթ, եւ Սեբամա, եւ Նաբաւ, եւ Բեան[1541].
[1541] Ոմանք. Եւ Նաբրա.. եւ Եղեաթէլ. եւ Սեմաբա։
3 «Ատարոթը, Դեբոնը, Յազերը, Նեմբրան, Եսեբոնը, Էլէալէթը, Սեբաման, Նաբաւը եւ Բէանը՝
3 «Ատարովթ, Դեբոն, Յազեր, Նամրա, Եսեբոն, Եղէաղէ, Սեբամա, Նաբաւ ու Բէան՝
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:33: Атароф и Дивон, и Иазер, и Нимра, и Есевон, и Елеале, и Севам, и Нево, и Веон,
32:3 Αταρωθ αταρωθ and; even Δαιβων δαιβων and; even Ιαζηρ ιαζηρ and; even Ναμβρα ναμβρα and; even Εσεβων εσεβων and; even Ελεαλη ελεαλη and; even Σεβαμα σεβαμα and; even Ναβαυ ναβαυ and; even Βαιαν βαιαν Baian; Vean
32:3 עֲטָרֹ֤ות ʕᵃṭārˈôṯ עֲטָרֹות Ataroth וְ wᵊ וְ and דִיבֹן֙ ḏîvˌōn דִּיבֹן Dibon וְ wᵊ וְ and יַעְזֵ֣ר yaʕzˈēr יַעְזֵר Jazer וְ wᵊ וְ and נִמְרָ֔ה nimrˈā נִמְרָה Nimrah וְ wᵊ וְ and חֶשְׁבֹּ֖ון ḥešbˌôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶלְעָלֵ֑ה ʔelʕālˈē אֶלְעָלֵה Elealeh וּ û וְ and שְׂבָ֥ם śᵊvˌām שְׂבָם Sebam וּ û וְ and נְבֹ֖ו nᵊvˌô נְבֹו [mountain] וּ û וְ and בְעֹֽן׃ vᵊʕˈōn בְּעֹן Beon
32:3. Atharoth et Dibon et Iazer et Nemra Esbon et Eleale et Sabam et Nebo et BeonAtaroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nemra, Hesebon, and Eleale, and Saban, and Nebo, and Beon,
3. Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nimrah, and Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Sebam, and Nebo, and Beon,
32:3. “Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nimrah, Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Sebam, and Nebo, and Beon,
32:3. Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nimrah, and Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Shebam, and Nebo, and Beon,
Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nimrah, and Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Shebam, and Nebo, and Beon:

3: Атароф и Дивон, и Иазер, и Нимра, и Есевон, и Елеале, и Севам, и Нево, и Веон,
32:3
Αταρωθ αταρωθ and; even
Δαιβων δαιβων and; even
Ιαζηρ ιαζηρ and; even
Ναμβρα ναμβρα and; even
Εσεβων εσεβων and; even
Ελεαλη ελεαλη and; even
Σεβαμα σεβαμα and; even
Ναβαυ ναβαυ and; even
Βαιαν βαιαν Baian; Vean
32:3
עֲטָרֹ֤ות ʕᵃṭārˈôṯ עֲטָרֹות Ataroth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
דִיבֹן֙ ḏîvˌōn דִּיבֹן Dibon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יַעְזֵ֣ר yaʕzˈēr יַעְזֵר Jazer
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִמְרָ֔ה nimrˈā נִמְרָה Nimrah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חֶשְׁבֹּ֖ון ḥešbˌôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶלְעָלֵ֑ה ʔelʕālˈē אֶלְעָלֵה Elealeh
וּ û וְ and
שְׂבָ֥ם śᵊvˌām שְׂבָם Sebam
וּ û וְ and
נְבֹ֖ו nᵊvˌô נְבֹו [mountain]
וּ û וְ and
בְעֹֽן׃ vᵊʕˈōn בְּעֹן Beon
32:3. Atharoth et Dibon et Iazer et Nemra Esbon et Eleale et Sabam et Nebo et Beon
Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nemra, Hesebon, and Eleale, and Saban, and Nebo, and Beon,
32:3. “Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nimrah, Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Sebam, and Nebo, and Beon,
32:3. Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and Nimrah, and Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Shebam, and Nebo, and Beon,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
3: Города восточного Заиорданья; из них — Дивон, Атароф и Нево упоминаются, между прочим, в надписи моавитского царя Меши.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:3: Ataroth, and Dibon, etc. - The places mentioned here belonged to Sihon, king of the Amorites, and Og, king of Bashan, which being conquered by the Israelites, constituted ever after a part of their territories, Num 32:33.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:3: See Num 32:34-38 notes.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:3: Ataroth: Num 32:1, Num 32:34-38; Jos 13:17; Isa 15:2-4; Jer 48:22, Jer 48:23
Nimrah: Num 32:36, Beth-nimrah, Isa 15:6, Nimrim
Heshbon: Num 21:25, Num 21:26, Num 21:28; Jdg 11:26; Neh 9:22; Isa 15:4, Isa 16:8, Isa 16:9; Jer 48:2, Jer 48:34, Jer 48:45
Shebam: Num 32:38, Shibmah, Jos 13:19; Isa 16:8; Jer 48:32, Sibmah
Beon: Num 32:38, Baal-meon
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:3
In Num 32:3 the country is more distinctly defined by the introduction of the names of a number of important towns, whilst the clause "the country which the Lord smote before the congregation of Israel," in which the defeat of Sihon is referred to, describes it as one that was without a ruler, and therefore could easily be taken possession of. For more minute remarks as to the towns themselves, see at Num 32:34. On the construction את יתּן, see at Gen 4:18. - The words, "let us not go over the Jordan," may be understood as expressing nothing more than the desire of the speakers not to receive their inheritance on the western side of the Jordan, without their having any intention of withdrawing their help from the other tribes in connection with the conquest of Canaan, according to their subsequent declaration (Num 32:16.); but they may also be understood as expressing a wish to settle at once in the land to the east of the Jordan, and leave the other tribes to conquer Canaan alone. Moses understood them in the latter sense (Num 32:6.), and it is probable that this was their meaning, as, when Moses reproved them, the speakers did not reply that they had not cherished the intention attributed to them, but simply restricted themselves to the promise of co-operation in the conquest of Canaan. But even in this sense their request did not manifest "a shamelessness that would hardly be historically true" (Knobel). It may very well be explained from the opinion which they cherished, and which is perfectly intelligible after the rapid and easy defeat of the two mighty kings of the Amorites, Sihon and Og, that the remaining tribes were quite strong enough to conquer the land of Canaan on the west of the Jordan. But for all that, the request of the Reubenites and Gadites did indicate an utter want of brotherly feeling, and complete indifference to the common interests of the whole nation, so that they thoroughly deserved the reproof which they received from Moses.
John Gill
32:3 Ataroth, Dibon, and Jazer,.... These were places which belonged to the Amorites, and were taken from Sihon, their king: of Ataroth we read nowhere else but in this chapter; of Dibon see Is 15:2, Jazer was a city, from whence the land about it had its name; it is the same with Jaazer, Num 21:32 and stood about fifteen miles from Heshbon (k), the capital city of the kingdom of Sihon:
and Nimrah, and Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Shebam, and Nebo, and Beon; these were all places in the same country; of Heshbon see Num 21:25, Nimrah is the same with Bethnimrah, Num 32:36 and sometimes called Nimrim, famous for its water, Is 15:6. Jerom says (l) the name of it in his time was Benamerium, and lay to the north of Zoar; Elealeh, according to the same writer (m) was but a mile from Heshbon, of which see Is 15:4. Shebam is the same with Shibmah, Num 32:36, and seems to be a place famous for vines, Is 16:8; it is thought to be the same with the Seba of Ptolemy (n), and according to Jerom (o), there were scarce five hundred paces between this place and Heshbon; Nebo, the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan call the grave of Moses, because on a mountain of this name Moses died, and where it is supposed he was buried; but it is certain he was buried not on a mountain, but in a valley, Deut 34:6, this perhaps had its name from the mountain near which it was, and of which see Is 15:2. Beon is the same that is called Baalmeon, Num 32:38 and Bethbaalmeon, Josh 13:17, where was very probably a temple of Baal; it was about nine miles from Heshbon (p).
(k) Jerom. de loc. Heb. fol. 92. G. (l) lbid. K. (m) Ibid. fol. 91. A. (n) Geograph. l. 5. c. 19. (o) Comment. in Esaiam, c. 16. 8. (p) Eusebius apud Reland: Palest. Illustr. par. 2. l. 3. p. 611.
32:432:4: երկիրն զոր մատնեաց Տէր առաջի որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, երկիր՝ անասնո՛ց է. եւ ծառայից քոց խաշի՛նք են[1542]։ [1542] Ոմանք. Երկիր անասնասնոյց է։
4 այն վայրերը, որ Տէրը յանձնել է իսրայէլացիների ձեռքը, անասուն սնուցող արօտներ ունեն, իսկ մենք՝ քո ծառաները, անասուններ ունենք»:
4 Այսինքն Տէրոջը Իսրայէլի ժողովուրդին առջեւ զարկած երկիրը, անասուն պահելու յարմար երկիր մըն է ու քու ծառաներդ շատ անասուններ ունին.
երկիրն զոր մատնեաց Տէր առաջի որդւոցն Իսրայելի, երկիր անասնասնոյց է. եւ ծառայից քոց խաշինք են:

32:4: երկիրն զոր մատնեաց Տէր առաջի որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, երկիր՝ անասնո՛ց է. եւ ծառայից քոց խաշի՛նք են[1542]։
[1542] Ոմանք. Երկիր անասնասնոյց է։
4 այն վայրերը, որ Տէրը յանձնել է իսրայէլացիների ձեռքը, անասուն սնուցող արօտներ ունեն, իսկ մենք՝ քո ծառաները, անասուններ ունենք»:
4 Այսինքն Տէրոջը Իսրայէլի ժողովուրդին առջեւ զարկած երկիրը, անասուն պահելու յարմար երկիր մըն է ու քու ծառաներդ շատ անասուններ ունին.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:44: земля, которую Господь поразил пред обществом Израилевым, есть земля [годная] для стад, а у рабов твоих есть стада.
32:4 τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel γῆ γη earth; land κτηνοτρόφος κτηνοτροφος be καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the παισίν παις child; boy σου σου of you; your κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal ὑπάρχει υπαρχω happen to be; belong
32:4 הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הִכָּ֤ה hikkˈā נכה strike יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לִ li לְ to פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face עֲדַ֣ת ʕᵃḏˈaṯ עֵדָה gathering יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִקְנֶ֖ה miqnˌeh מִקְנֶה purchase הִ֑וא hˈiw הִיא she וְ wᵊ וְ and לַֽ lˈa לְ to עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˌeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant מִקְנֶֽה׃ ס miqnˈeh . s מִקְנֶה purchase
32:4. terram quam percussit Dominus in conspectu filiorum Israhel regionis uberrimae est ad pastum animalium et nos servi tui habemus iumenta plurimaThe land, which the Lord hath conquered in the sight of the children of Israel, is a very fertile soil for the feeding of beasts: and we thy servants have very much cattle:
4. the land which the LORD smote before the congregation of Israel, is a land for cattle, and thy servants have cattle.
32:4. the land, which the Lord has struck in the sight of the sons of Israel, is a very fertile region for pasturing animals. And we, your servants, have very many cattle.
32:4. [Even] the country which the LORD smote before the congregation of Israel, [is] a land for cattle, and thy servants have cattle:
Even the country which the LORD smote before the congregation of Israel, [is] a land for cattle, and thy servants have cattle:

4: земля, которую Господь поразил пред обществом Израилевым, есть земля [годная] для стад, а у рабов твоих есть стада.
32:4
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
γῆ γη earth; land
κτηνοτρόφος κτηνοτροφος be
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
παισίν παις child; boy
σου σου of you; your
κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal
ὑπάρχει υπαρχω happen to be; belong
32:4
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הִכָּ֤ה hikkˈā נכה strike
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
עֲדַ֣ת ʕᵃḏˈaṯ עֵדָה gathering
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִקְנֶ֖ה miqnˌeh מִקְנֶה purchase
הִ֑וא hˈiw הִיא she
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַֽ lˈa לְ to
עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˌeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant
מִקְנֶֽה׃ ס miqnˈeh . s מִקְנֶה purchase
32:4. terram quam percussit Dominus in conspectu filiorum Israhel regionis uberrimae est ad pastum animalium et nos servi tui habemus iumenta plurima
The land, which the Lord hath conquered in the sight of the children of Israel, is a very fertile soil for the feeding of beasts: and we thy servants have very much cattle:
32:4. the land, which the Lord has struck in the sight of the sons of Israel, is a very fertile region for pasturing animals. And we, your servants, have very many cattle.
32:4. [Even] the country which the LORD smote before the congregation of Israel, [is] a land for cattle, and thy servants have cattle:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:4: Num 21:24, Num 21:34; Deu 2:24-35
John Gill
32:4 Even the county which the Lord smote before the congregation of Israel,.... In which the above cities were, and perhaps some others not named: this was now in the hands of the people of Israel, being subdued by them, the conquest of which is ascribed unto the Lord, for the victory was of him; it was he that smote their enemies; and delivered their country into their hands; and now Moses, Eleazar, and the princes of the congregation, being the representatives of the people, had a right to dispose of it, and, which these two tribes request might be given to them, because, say they:
Tit is a land for cattle, and thy servants have cattle; to stock it, with and great numbers of them; see
32:532:5: Եւ ասեն. Եթէ գտաք շնորհս առաջի քո, տացի՛ երկիրն այն ծառայից քոց ՚ի կալուած. եւ մի՛ անցուցաներ զմեզ ընդ Յորդանան[1543]։ [1543] Ոմանք. Զմեզ ըստ Յորդանան։
5 Նրանք աւելացրին. «Եթէ քո առաջ շնորհ են գտել, այդ վայրերը մեզ՝ քո ծառաներին իբրեւ կալուածք տո՛ւր եւ մեզ Յորդանան գետից այն կողմ մի՛ անցկացրու»:
5 Ուստի, եթէ մենք քու առջեւդ շնորհք գտանք, այս երկիրը քու ծառաներուդ տուր որպէս կալուածք եւ մեզ Յորդանանէն մի՛ անցըներ»։
Եւ ասեն. Եթէ գտաք շնորհս առաջի քո, տացի երկիրն այն ծառայից քոց ի կալուած, եւ մի՛ անցուցաներ զմեզ ընդ Յորդանան:

32:5: Եւ ասեն. Եթէ գտաք շնորհս առաջի քո, տացի՛ երկիրն այն ծառայից քոց ՚ի կալուած. եւ մի՛ անցուցաներ զմեզ ընդ Յորդանան[1543]։
[1543] Ոմանք. Զմեզ ըստ Յորդանան։
5 Նրանք աւելացրին. «Եթէ քո առաջ շնորհ են գտել, այդ վայրերը մեզ՝ քո ծառաներին իբրեւ կալուածք տո՛ւր եւ մեզ Յորդանան գետից այն կողմ մի՛ անցկացրու»:
5 Ուստի, եթէ մենք քու առջեւդ շնորհք գտանք, այս երկիրը քու ծառաներուդ տուր որպէս կալուածք եւ մեզ Յորդանանէն մի՛ անցըներ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:55: И сказали: если мы нашли благоволение в глазах твоих, отдай землю сию рабам твоим во владение; не переводи нас чрез Иордан.
32:5 καὶ και and; even ἔλεγον λεγω tell; declare εἰ ει if; whether εὕρομεν ευρισκω find χάριν χαρις grace; regards ἐνώπιόν ενωπιος in the face; facing σου σου of you; your δοθήτω διδωμι give; deposit ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land αὕτη ουτος this; he τοῖς ο the οἰκέταις οικετης domestic σου σου of you; your ἐν εν in κατασχέσει κατασχεσις holding καὶ και and; even μὴ μη not διαβιβάσῃς διαβιβαζω us τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
32:5 וַ wa וְ and יֹּאמְר֗וּ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say אִם־ ʔim- אִם if מָצָ֤אנוּ māṣˈānû מצא find חֵן֙ ḥˌēn חֵן grace בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵינֶ֔יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye יֻתַּ֞ן yuttˈan נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֧רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֛את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this לַ la לְ to עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˌeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant לַ la לְ to אֲחֻזָּ֑ה ʔᵃḥuzzˈā אֲחֻזָּה land property אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תַּעֲבִרֵ֖נוּ taʕᵃvirˌēnû עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּֽן׃ yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
32:5. precamurque si invenimus gratiam coram te ut des nobis famulis tuis eam in possessionem ne facias nos transire IordanemAnd we pray thee, if we have found favour in thy sight, that thou give it to us thy servants in possession, and make us not pass over the Jordan.
5. And they said, If we have found grace in thy sight, let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession; bring us not over Jordan.
32:5. And so we beseech you, if we have found favor before you, that you give it to us, your subjects, as a possession, and that you not cause us cross the Jordan.”
32:5. Wherefore, said they, if we have found grace in thy sight, let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession, [and] bring us not over Jordan.
Wherefore, said they, if we have found grace in thy sight, let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession, [and] bring us not over Jordan:

5: И сказали: если мы нашли благоволение в глазах твоих, отдай землю сию рабам твоим во владение; не переводи нас чрез Иордан.
32:5
καὶ και and; even
ἔλεγον λεγω tell; declare
εἰ ει if; whether
εὕρομεν ευρισκω find
χάριν χαρις grace; regards
ἐνώπιόν ενωπιος in the face; facing
σου σου of you; your
δοθήτω διδωμι give; deposit
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
αὕτη ουτος this; he
τοῖς ο the
οἰκέταις οικετης domestic
σου σου of you; your
ἐν εν in
κατασχέσει κατασχεσις holding
καὶ και and; even
μὴ μη not
διαβιβάσῃς διαβιβαζω us
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
32:5
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּאמְר֗וּ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
מָצָ֤אנוּ māṣˈānû מצא find
חֵן֙ ḥˌēn חֵן grace
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵינֶ֔יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
יֻתַּ֞ן yuttˈan נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֧רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֛את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
לַ la לְ to
עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˌeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant
לַ la לְ to
אֲחֻזָּ֑ה ʔᵃḥuzzˈā אֲחֻזָּה land property
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תַּעֲבִרֵ֖נוּ taʕᵃvirˌēnû עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּֽן׃ yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
32:5. precamurque si invenimus gratiam coram te ut des nobis famulis tuis eam in possessionem ne facias nos transire Iordanem
And we pray thee, if we have found favour in thy sight, that thou give it to us thy servants in possession, and make us not pass over the Jordan.
32:5. And so we beseech you, if we have found favor before you, that you give it to us, your subjects, as a possession, and that you not cause us cross the Jordan.”
32:5. Wherefore, said they, if we have found grace in thy sight, let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession, [and] bring us not over Jordan.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:5: Let this land be given unto thy servants - Because it was good for pasturage, and they had many flocks, Num 32:1.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:5: if we have: Gen 19:19; Rut 2:10; Sa1 20:3; Sa2 14:22; Est 5:2; Jer 31:2
bring us: Deu 1:37, Deu 3:25, Deu 3:26; Jos 7:7
John Gill
32:5 Wherefore, said they, if we have found grace in thy sight,.... Directing their speech to Moses, the ruler of the congregation, in a very modest, decent, and respectable manner:
let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession; as their own portion and inheritance, to be enjoyed by them, and their children after them:
and bring us not over Jordan; into the land of Canaan, where as they after explain themselves, they did not desire to have any part with their brethren, but should be content with their possession here, should it be granted them.
32:632:6: Եւ ասէ Մովսէս ցորդիսն Գադայ եւ ցորդիսն Ռուբինի. Եղբարք ձեր երթայցեն ՚ի պատերազմ, եւ դուք նստիցի՞ք աստ։
6 Մովսէսը Գադի ու Ռուբէնի ցեղերի մարդկանց պատասխանեց. «Ձեր եղբայրները գնան պատերազմելու, իսկ դուք այստեղ նստէ՞ք:
6 Եւ Մովսէս Գադին որդիներուն եւ Ռուբէնին որդիներուն ըսաւ. «Ձեր եղբայրները պատերազմի երթան ու դուք այս տեղը նստի՞ք։
Եւ ասէ Մովսէս ցորդիսն Գադայ եւ ցորդիսն Ռուբենի. Եղբարք ձեր երթայցեն ի պատերազմ, եւ դուք նստիցի՞ք աստ:

32:6: Եւ ասէ Մովսէս ցորդիսն Գադայ եւ ցորդիսն Ռուբինի. Եղբարք ձեր երթայցեն ՚ի պատերազմ, եւ դուք նստիցի՞ք աստ։
6 Մովսէսը Գադի ու Ռուբէնի ցեղերի մարդկանց պատասխանեց. «Ձեր եղբայրները գնան պատերազմելու, իսկ դուք այստեղ նստէ՞ք:
6 Եւ Մովսէս Գադին որդիներուն եւ Ռուբէնին որդիներուն ըսաւ. «Ձեր եղբայրները պատերազմի երթան ու դուք այս տեղը նստի՞ք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:66: И сказал Моисей сынам Гадовым и сынам Рувимовым: братья ваши пойдут на войну, а вы останетесь здесь?
32:6 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben οἱ ο the ἀδελφοὶ αδελφος brother ὑμῶν υμων your πορεύονται πορευομαι travel; go εἰς εις into; for πόλεμον πολεμος battle καὶ και and; even ὑμεῖς υμεις you καθήσεσθε καθιημι let down αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:6 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לִ li לְ to בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son רְאוּבֵ֑ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben הַ ha הֲ [interrogative] אַֽחֵיכֶ֗ם ʔˈaḥêḵˈem אָח brother יָבֹ֨אוּ֙ yāvˈōʔû בוא come לַ la לְ to † הַ the מִּלְחָמָ֔ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתֶּ֖ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you תֵּ֥שְׁבוּ tˌēšᵊvû ישׁב sit פֹֽה׃ fˈō פֹּה here
32:6. quibus respondit Moses numquid fratres vestri ibunt ad pugnam et vos hic sedebitisAnd Moses answered them: What, shall your brethren go to fight, and will you sit here?
6. And Moses said unto the children of Gad and to the children of Reuben, Shall your brethren go to the war, and shall ye sit here?
32:6. And Moses answered them: “Should your brothers go to battle, while you sit here?
32:6. And Moses said unto the children of Gad and to the children of Reuben, Shall your brethren go to war, and shall ye sit here?
And Moses said unto the children of Gad and to the children of Reuben, Shall your brethren go to war, and shall ye sit here:

6: И сказал Моисей сынам Гадовым и сынам Рувимовым: братья ваши пойдут на войну, а вы останетесь здесь?
32:6
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
οἱ ο the
ἀδελφοὶ αδελφος brother
ὑμῶν υμων your
πορεύονται πορευομαι travel; go
εἰς εις into; for
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
καὶ και and; even
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
καθήσεσθε καθιημι let down
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:6
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵ֑ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
הַ ha הֲ [interrogative]
אַֽחֵיכֶ֗ם ʔˈaḥêḵˈem אָח brother
יָבֹ֨אוּ֙ yāvˈōʔû בוא come
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מִּלְחָמָ֔ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתֶּ֖ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
תֵּ֥שְׁבוּ tˌēšᵊvû ישׁב sit
פֹֽה׃ fˈō פֹּה here
32:6. quibus respondit Moses numquid fratres vestri ibunt ad pugnam et vos hic sedebitis
And Moses answered them: What, shall your brethren go to fight, and will you sit here?
32:6. And Moses answered them: “Should your brothers go to battle, while you sit here?
32:6. And Moses said unto the children of Gad and to the children of Reuben, Shall your brethren go to war, and shall ye sit here?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:6: shall ye sit here: Sa2 11:11; Co1 13:5; Phi 2:4
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:6
Moses first of all blames their want of brotherly feeling: "Shall your brethren go into the war, and ye sit here?" He then calls their attention to the fact, that by their disinclination they would take away the courage and inclination of the other tribes to cross over the Jordan and conquer the land, and would bring the wrath of God upon Israel even more than their fathers who were sent from Kadesh to spy out the land, and who led away the heart of the people into rebellion through their unfavourable account of the inhabitants of Canaan, and brought so severe a judgment upon the congregation. מן את־לב הניא, to hold away the heart, i.e., render a person averse to anything. The Keri תּניאוּן, as in Num 32:9, is unquestionably to be preferred to the Kal תּנוּאוּן, in the Kethib of Num 32:7. - In Num 32:8-13, Moses reminds them of the occurrences described in ch. 13 and 14. On the expression, "wholly followed Jehovah," cf. Num 14:24. The words, "He drove them about in the desert," caused them to wander backwards and forwards in it for forty years, point back to Num 14:33-35.
John Gill
32:6 And Moses said unto the children of Gad, and to the children of Reuben,.... Being displeased with their motion, as his following discourse shows, it having at first sight an appearance of covetousness and cowardice:
shall your brethren go to war, and shall ye sit here? it is not reasonable that your brethren should be left by you and engage in a war with your common enemies, to dispossess them of their land before they can settle in it and you remain here easy and quiet in the possession of a fruitful country.
John Wesley
32:6 Ye sit here - In ease and peace, while your brethren are engaged in a bloody war.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:6 Moses said unto the children of Gad and to the children of Reuben, Shall your brethren go to war, and shall ye sit here--Their language was ambiguous; and Moses, suspicious that this proposal was an act of unbelief, a scheme of self-policy and indolence to escape the perils of warfare and live in ease and safety, addressed to them a reproachful and passionate remonstrance. Whether they had really meditated such a withdrawal from all share in the war of invasion, or the effect of their leader's expostulation was to drive them from their original purpose, they now, in answer to his impressive appeal, declared it to be their sincere intention to co-operate with their brethren; but, if so, they ought to have been more explicit at first.
32:732:7: Եւ ընդէ՞ր խոտորեցուցանէք զսիրտ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի չանցանել յերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր տալոց է նոցա[1544]։ [1544] Օրինակ մի. Խոտորեցուցանիցէք զմիտս որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
7 Ինչո՞ւ էք պղտորում իսրայէլացիների հոգին, այնպէս անում, որ չուզենան անցնել այն երկիրը, որը Տէրը տալու է նրանց:
7 Ինչո՞ւ համար Իսրայէլի որդիներուն սիրտը պիտի թուլցնէք, որ չանցնին այն երկիրը, որ Տէրը անոնց տուած է։
Եւ ընդէ՞ր խոտորեցուցանէք զսիրտ որդւոցն Իսրայելի չանցանել յերկիրն զոր Տէր տալոց է նոցա:

32:7: Եւ ընդէ՞ր խոտորեցուցանէք զսիրտ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի չանցանել յերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր տալոց է նոցա[1544]։
[1544] Օրինակ մի. Խոտորեցուցանիցէք զմիտս որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
7 Ինչո՞ւ էք պղտորում իսրայէլացիների հոգին, այնպէս անում, որ չուզենան անցնել այն երկիրը, որը Տէրը տալու է նրանց:
7 Ինչո՞ւ համար Իսրայէլի որդիներուն սիրտը պիտի թուլցնէք, որ չանցնին այն երկիրը, որ Տէրը անոնց տուած է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:77: для чего вы отвращаете сердце сынов Израилевых от перехода в землю, которую дает им Господь?
32:7 καὶ και and; even ἵνα ινα so; that τί τις.1 who?; what? διαστρέφετε διαστρεφω twist; divert τὰς ο the διανοίας διανοια mind; intention τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel μὴ μη not διαβῆναι διαβαινω step through; go across εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what κύριος κυριος lord; master δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
32:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and לָ֣מָּה lˈāmmā לָמָה why תְנִיא֔וּןתנואון *ṯᵊnîʔˈûn נוא forbid אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] לֵ֖ב lˌēv לֵב heart בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel מֵֽ mˈē מִן from עֲבֹר֙ ʕᵃvˌōr עבר pass אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֥ן nāṯˌan נתן give לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:7. cur subvertitis mentes filiorum Israhel ne transire audeant in locum quem eis daturus est DominusWhy do ye overturn the minds of the children of Israel, that they may not dare to pass into the place which the Lord hath given them?
7. And wherefore discourage ye the heart of the children of Israel from going over into the land which the LORD hath given them?
32:7. Why do you subvert the minds of the sons of Israel, so that they might not dare to cross into the place which the Lord will give to them?
32:7. And wherefore discourage ye the heart of the children of Israel from going over into the land which the LORD hath given them?
And wherefore discourage ye the heart of the children of Israel from going over into the land which the LORD hath given them:

7: для чего вы отвращаете сердце сынов Израилевых от перехода в землю, которую дает им Господь?
32:7
καὶ και and; even
ἵνα ινα so; that
τί τις.1 who?; what?
διαστρέφετε διαστρεφω twist; divert
τὰς ο the
διανοίας διανοια mind; intention
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
μὴ μη not
διαβῆναι διαβαινω step through; go across
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
κύριος κυριος lord; master
δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
32:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לָ֣מָּה lˈāmmā לָמָה why
תְנִיא֔וּןתנואון
*ṯᵊnîʔˈûn נוא forbid
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
לֵ֖ב lˌēv לֵב heart
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
עֲבֹר֙ ʕᵃvˌōr עבר pass
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֥ן nāṯˌan נתן give
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:7. cur subvertitis mentes filiorum Israhel ne transire audeant in locum quem eis daturus est Dominus
Why do ye overturn the minds of the children of Israel, that they may not dare to pass into the place which the Lord hath given them?
32:7. Why do you subvert the minds of the sons of Israel, so that they might not dare to cross into the place which the Lord will give to them?
32:7. And wherefore discourage ye the heart of the children of Israel from going over into the land which the LORD hath given them?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:7: wherefore: Num 32:9, Num 21:4; Deu 1:28
discourage: Heb. break, Act 21:13
John Gill
32:7 Wherefore discourage ye the heart of the children of Israel.... Which he suggests it would, should they settle on that side Jordan, since they would lose the assistance of two of their tribes, even two thirds of one of their standards in fighting with their enemies and subduing their land; and besides it might be thought that this request of theirs not only proceeded from selfish views and a love of ease, which might set a bad example to others, but carried in it a distrust of ever being able to enter into, at least to conquer and possess, the land of Canaan, and so might have a tendency to discourage their brethren:
from going over into the land, which the Lord hath given them? despairing of ever enjoying it, and so laying aside all thoughts of it, and not caring to make any attempt to get possession of it.
32:832:8: Ո՞չ այդպէս արարին հարքն ձեր՝ յորժամ առաքեցի զնոսա ՚ի Կադէսբառնեայ դիտել զերկիրն։
8 Ձեր հայրերը նոյն կերպ չվարուեցի՞ն, երբ նրանց ուղարկում էի Կադէսբառնէից, որպէսզի հետախուզեն երկիրը:
8 Ձեր հայրերն ալ այսպէս ըրին, երբ զանոնք Կադէս–Բառնեայէն ղրկեցի երկիրը լրտեսելու համար։
[515]Ո՞չ այդպէս արարին հարքն ձեր, յորժամ առաքեցի զնոսա ի Կադեսբառնեայ դիտել զերկիրն:

32:8: Ո՞չ այդպէս արարին հարքն ձեր՝ յորժամ առաքեցի զնոսա ՚ի Կադէսբառնեայ դիտել զերկիրն։
8 Ձեր հայրերը նոյն կերպ չվարուեցի՞ն, երբ նրանց ուղարկում էի Կադէսբառնէից, որպէսզի հետախուզեն երկիրը:
8 Ձեր հայրերն ալ այսպէս ըրին, երբ զանոնք Կադէս–Բառնեայէն ղրկեցի երկիրը լրտեսելու համար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:88: так поступили отцы ваши, когда я посылал их из Кадес-Варни для обозрения земли:
32:8 οὐχ ου not οὕτως ουτως so; this way ἐποίησαν ποιεω do; make οἱ ο the πατέρες πατηρ father ὑμῶν υμων your ὅτε οτε when ἀπέστειλα αποστελλω send off / away αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of Καδης καδης take note of τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land
32:8 כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus עָשׂ֖וּ ʕāśˌû עשׂה make אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֑ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˈem אָב father בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שָׁלְחִ֥י šolḥˌî שׁלח send אֹתָ֛ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] מִ mi מִן from קָּדֵ֥שׁ בַּרְנֵ֖עַ qqāḏˌēš barnˌēₐʕ קָדֵשׁ בַּרְנֵעַ Kadesh Barnea לִ li לְ to רְאֹ֥ות rᵊʔˌôṯ ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
32:8. nonne ita egerunt patres vestri quando misi de Cadesbarne ad explorandam terramWas it not thus your fathers did, when I sent from Cadesbarne to view the land?
8. Thus did your fathers, when I sent them from Kadesh-barnea to see the land.
32:8. Did not your fathers act in the same way, when I sent them from Kadesh-Barnea to explore the land?
32:8. Thus did your fathers, when I sent them from Kadeshbarnea to see the land.
Thus did your fathers, when I sent them from Kadesh- barnea to see the land:

8: так поступили отцы ваши, когда я посылал их из Кадес-Варни для обозрения земли:
32:8
οὐχ ου not
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ἐποίησαν ποιεω do; make
οἱ ο the
πατέρες πατηρ father
ὑμῶν υμων your
ὅτε οτε when
ἀπέστειλα αποστελλω send off / away
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Καδης καδης take note of
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
32:8
כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus
עָשׂ֖וּ ʕāśˌû עשׂה make
אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֑ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˈem אָב father
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שָׁלְחִ֥י šolḥˌî שׁלח send
אֹתָ֛ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
מִ mi מִן from
קָּדֵ֥שׁ בַּרְנֵ֖עַ qqāḏˌēš barnˌēₐʕ קָדֵשׁ בַּרְנֵעַ Kadesh Barnea
לִ li לְ to
רְאֹ֥ות rᵊʔˌôṯ ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
32:8. nonne ita egerunt patres vestri quando misi de Cadesbarne ad explorandam terram
Was it not thus your fathers did, when I sent from Cadesbarne to view the land?
32:8. Did not your fathers act in the same way, when I sent them from Kadesh-Barnea to explore the land?
32:8. Thus did your fathers, when I sent them from Kadeshbarnea to see the land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:8: Your fathers - The generation of the Exodus was now substantially extinct. Compare Num 26:64-65.
Kadesh-barnea - See Num 13:26.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:8: Num. 13:2-26, Num 14:2; Deu 1:22, Deu 1:23; Jos 14:6, Jos 14:7
John Gill
32:8 Thus did your fathers,.... Meaning not particularly and only the fathers of these two tribes he was speaking to, but of them and the other tribes also, who acted much such a part; did not choose to go into the good land to possess it, when they were bid to do it, but were for sending spies first, which brought an ill report of it, and discouraged the people from going into it; the history of which Moses here gives:
when I sent them from Kadeshbarnea to see the land; called only Kadesh, Num 13:26 the reason of the name See Gill on Num 32:13.
32:932:9: Եւ ելին ՚ի Ձորն ողկուզի, եւ դիտեցին զերկիրն. եւ զանգիտեցուցի՛ն զսիրտս որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, զի մի՛ մտանիցեն յերկիրն զոր ե՛տ նոցա Տէր։
9 Նրանք հասան Ողկոյզի ձորը, հետախուզեցին երկիրը, բայց վերադառնալով յեղաշրջեցին իսրայէլացիների մտքերը, որ չմտնեն այն երկիրը, որ Տէրը տուել էր նրանց:
9 Քանզի անոնք մինչեւ Եսքողի ձորը ելան ու երկիրը տեսան եւ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն սիրտը թուլցուցին, որպէս զի չմտնեն այն երկիրը, որ Տէրը անոնց տուեր էր։
Եւ ելին ի Ձորն ողկուզի եւ դիտեցին զերկիրն, եւ զանգիտեցուցին զսիրտս որդւոցն Իսրայելի, զի մի՛ մտանիցեն յերկիրն զոր ետ նոցա Տէր:

32:9: Եւ ելին ՚ի Ձորն ողկուզի, եւ դիտեցին զերկիրն. եւ զանգիտեցուցի՛ն զսիրտս որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, զի մի՛ մտանիցեն յերկիրն զոր ե՛տ նոցա Տէր։
9 Նրանք հասան Ողկոյզի ձորը, հետախուզեցին երկիրը, բայց վերադառնալով յեղաշրջեցին իսրայէլացիների մտքերը, որ չմտնեն այն երկիրը, որ Տէրը տուել էր նրանց:
9 Քանզի անոնք մինչեւ Եսքողի ձորը ելան ու երկիրը տեսան եւ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն սիրտը թուլցուցին, որպէս զի չմտնեն այն երկիրը, որ Տէրը անոնց տուեր էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:99: они доходили до долины Есхол, и видели землю, и отвратили сердце сынов Израилевых, чтобы не шли они в землю, которую Господь дает им;
32:9 καὶ και and; even ἀνέβησαν αναβαινω step up; ascend Φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge βότρυος βοτρυς cluster καὶ και and; even κατενόησαν κατανοεω take note of τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even ἀπέστησαν αφιστημι distance; keep distance τὴν ο the καρδίαν καρδια heart τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ὅπως οπως that way; how μὴ μη not εἰσέλθωσιν εισερχομαι enter; go in εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit κύριος κυριος lord; master αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
32:9 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּעֲל֞וּ yyaʕᵃlˈû עלה ascend עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi אֶשְׁכֹּ֗ול ʔeškˈôl אֶשְׁכֹּל [valley of grapes] וַ wa וְ and יִּרְאוּ֙ yyirʔˌû ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וַ wa וְ and יָּנִ֕יאוּ yyānˈîʔû נוא forbid אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] לֵ֖ב lˌēv לֵב heart בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel לְ lᵊ לְ to בִלְתִּי־ viltî- בֵּלֶת failure בֹא֙ vˌō בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֥ן nāṯˌan נתן give לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:9. cumque venissent usque ad vallem Botri lustrata omni regione subverterunt cor filiorum Israhel ut non intrarent fines quos eis Dominus deditAnd when they were come as far as the valley of the cluster, having viewed all the country, they overturned the hearts of the children of Israel, that they should not enter into the coasts, which the Lord gave them.
9. For when they went up unto the valley of Eshcol, and saw the land, they discouraged the heart of the children of Israel, that they should not go into the land which the LORD had given them.
32:9. And when they had gone all the way to the Valley of the Cluster of Grapes, having viewed the entire region, they subverted the hearts of the sons of Israel, so that they would not enter into the parts that the Lord gave to them.
32:9. For when they went up unto the valley of Eshcol, and saw the land, they discouraged the heart of the children of Israel, that they should not go into the land which the LORD had given them.
For when they went up unto the valley of Eshcol, and saw the land, they discouraged the heart of the children of Israel, that they should not go into the land which the LORD had given them:

9: они доходили до долины Есхол, и видели землю, и отвратили сердце сынов Израилевых, чтобы не шли они в землю, которую Господь дает им;
32:9
καὶ και and; even
ἀνέβησαν αναβαινω step up; ascend
Φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge
βότρυος βοτρυς cluster
καὶ και and; even
κατενόησαν κατανοεω take note of
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέστησαν αφιστημι distance; keep distance
τὴν ο the
καρδίαν καρδια heart
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ὅπως οπως that way; how
μὴ μη not
εἰσέλθωσιν εισερχομαι enter; go in
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
κύριος κυριος lord; master
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
32:9
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּעֲל֞וּ yyaʕᵃlˈû עלה ascend
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
אֶשְׁכֹּ֗ול ʔeškˈôl אֶשְׁכֹּל [valley of grapes]
וַ wa וְ and
יִּרְאוּ֙ yyirʔˌû ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וַ wa וְ and
יָּנִ֕יאוּ yyānˈîʔû נוא forbid
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
לֵ֖ב lˌēv לֵב heart
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בִלְתִּי־ viltî- בֵּלֶת failure
בֹא֙ vˌō בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֥ן nāṯˌan נתן give
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:9. cumque venissent usque ad vallem Botri lustrata omni regione subverterunt cor filiorum Israhel ut non intrarent fines quos eis Dominus dedit
And when they were come as far as the valley of the cluster, having viewed all the country, they overturned the hearts of the children of Israel, that they should not enter into the coasts, which the Lord gave them.
32:9. And when they had gone all the way to the Valley of the Cluster of Grapes, having viewed the entire region, they subverted the hearts of the sons of Israel, so that they would not enter into the parts that the Lord gave to them.
32:9. For when they went up unto the valley of Eshcol, and saw the land, they discouraged the heart of the children of Israel, that they should not go into the land which the LORD had given them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:9: Num 13:23-33, Num 14:1-10; Deu 1:24-28
John Gill
32:9 For when they went up unto the valley of Eshcol,.... That is, when they went up the hill, for they were bid to go up into the mountain, and proceeded on into the country, until they came to the valley or brook, of Eshcol, so called from the cluster of grapes they there cut down, and brought along with them, Num 13:17.
and saw the land; searching it for the space of forty days:
they discouraged the heart of the children of Israel; by telling them that there were giants in the land, and that the people in common were strong, and their cities walled, and that they were not able to go up against them and overcome them; and by this means they disheartened the people:
that they should not go, into the land which the Lord had given them; and this Moses feared, and suggests would be the consequence of the request the two tribes now made.
32:1032:10: Եւ բարկացաւ սրտմտութեամբ Տէր յաւուր յայնմիկ, եւ երդուաւ՝ եւ ասէ.
10 Այդ պատճառով Տէրը խիստ զայրացաւ այդ օրը եւ երդուելով ասաց.
10 Եւ նոյն օրը Տէրոջը բարկութիւնը բորբոքեցաւ ու երդում ընելով՝ ըսաւ.
Եւ բարկացաւ սրտմտութեամբ Տէր յաւուր յայնմիկ, եւ երդուաւ եւ ասէ:

32:10: Եւ բարկացաւ սրտմտութեամբ Տէր յաւուր յայնմիկ, եւ երդուաւ՝ եւ ասէ.
10 Այդ պատճառով Տէրը խիստ զայրացաւ այդ օրը եւ երդուելով ասաց.
10 Եւ նոյն օրը Տէրոջը բարկութիւնը բորբոքեցաւ ու երդում ընելով՝ ըսաւ.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1010: и воспылал в тот день гнев Господа, и поклялся Он, говоря:
32:10 καὶ και and; even ὠργίσθη οργιζω impassioned; anger θυμῷ θυμος provocation; temper κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that καὶ και and; even ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear λέγων λεγω tell; declare
32:10 וַ wa וְ and יִּֽחַר־ yyˈiḥar- חרה be hot אַ֥ף ʔˌaf אַף nose יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he וַ wa וְ and יִּשָּׁבַ֖ע yyiššāvˌaʕ שׁבע swear לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
32:10. qui iratus iuravit dicensAnd he swore in his anger, saying:
10. And the LORD’S anger was kindled in that day, and he sware, saying,
32:10. And being angry, the Lord swore an oath, saying:
32:10. And the LORD’S anger was kindled the same time, and he sware, saying,
And the LORD' S anger was kindled the same time, and he sware, saying:

10: и воспылал в тот день гнев Господа, и поклялся Он, говоря:
32:10
καὶ και and; even
ὠργίσθη οργιζω impassioned; anger
θυμῷ θυμος provocation; temper
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that
καὶ και and; even
ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
32:10
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽחַר־ yyˈiḥar- חרה be hot
אַ֥ף ʔˌaf אַף nose
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשָּׁבַ֖ע yyiššāvˌaʕ שׁבע swear
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
32:10. qui iratus iuravit dicens
And he swore in his anger, saying:
32:10. And being angry, the Lord swore an oath, saying:
32:10. And the LORD’S anger was kindled the same time, and he sware, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:10: Num 14:11, Num 14:21, Num 14:23, Num 14:29; Deu 1:34-40; Psa 95:11; Eze 20:15; Heb 3:8-19
John Gill
32:10 And the Lord's anger was kindled, the same time,.... Against the spies that brought the ill report, and against all the people that were disheartened and murmured upon it, and which, above all things, was to be dreaded now:
and he sware, saying; as follows.
32:1132:11: Մի՛ տեսցեն արք որ ելին յԵգիպտոսէ՝ ՚ի քսանամենից եւ ՚ի վեր, որ գիտիցեն զչար եւ զբարի. զերկիրն զոր երդուայ տալ Աբրաամու եւ Սահակայ եւ Յակոբայ. զի ո՛չ եկին զհետ իմ[1545]. [1545] Յօրինակին. Մի՛ մտցեն արք որ ելին։
11 “Եգիպտոսից դուրս եկած քսան տարեկանից բարձր մարդիկ, որոնք գիտեն չարն ու բարին, թող չտեսնեն այն երկիրը, որ երդուեցի տալ Աբրահամին, Իսահակին ու Յակոբին, քանի որ ինձ չհետեւեցին:
11 ‘Եգիպտոսէն ելած մարդոցմէ քսան տարեկանէն վեր եղողները, բոլոր սրտով ինծի չհնազանդելնուն համար, բնաւ պիտի չտեսնեն այն երկիրը, որուն համար Աբրահամին, Իսահակին ու Յակոբին երդում ըրի որ տամ,
Մի՛ տեսցեն արք որ ելին յԵգիպտոսէ, ի քսանամենից եւ ի վեր, [516]որ գիտիցեն զչար եւ զբարի,`` զերկիրն զոր երդուայ տալ Աբրահամու եւ Իսահակայ եւ Յակոբայ, զի ոչ եկին զհետ իմ:

32:11: Մի՛ տեսցեն արք որ ելին յԵգիպտոսէ՝ ՚ի քսանամենից եւ ՚ի վեր, որ գիտիցեն զչար եւ զբարի. զերկիրն զոր երդուայ տալ Աբրաամու եւ Սահակայ եւ Յակոբայ. զի ո՛չ եկին զհետ իմ[1545].
[1545] Յօրինակին. Մի՛ մտցեն արք որ ելին։
11 “Եգիպտոսից դուրս եկած քսան տարեկանից բարձր մարդիկ, որոնք գիտեն չարն ու բարին, թող չտեսնեն այն երկիրը, որ երդուեցի տալ Աբրահամին, Իսահակին ու Յակոբին, քանի որ ինձ չհետեւեցին:
11 ‘Եգիպտոսէն ելած մարդոցմէ քսան տարեկանէն վեր եղողները, բոլոր սրտով ինծի չհնազանդելնուն համար, բնաւ պիտի չտեսնեն այն երկիրը, որուն համար Աբրահամին, Իսահակին ու Յակոբին երդում ըրի որ տամ,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1111: люди сии, вышедшие из Египта, от двадцати лет и выше не увидят земли, о которой Я клялся Аврааму, Исааку и Иакову, потому что они не повиновались Мне,
32:11 εἰ ει if; whether ὄψονται οραω view; see οἱ ο the ἄνθρωποι ανθρωπος person; human οὗτοι ουτος this; he οἱ ο the ἀναβάντες αναβαινω step up; ascend ἐξ εκ from; out of Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ἀπὸ απο from; away εἰκοσαετοῦς εικοσαετης and; even ἐπάνω επανω upon; above οἱ ο the ἐπιστάμενοι επισταμαι well aware; stand over τὸ ο the κακὸν κακος bad; ugly καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the ἀγαθὸν αγαθος good τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what ὤμοσα ομνυω swear τῷ ο the Αβρααμ αβρααμ Abraam; Avraam καὶ και and; even Ισαακ ισαακ Isaak καὶ και and; even Ιακωβ ιακωβ Iakōb; Iakov οὐ ου not γὰρ γαρ for συνεπηκολούθησαν συνεπακολουθεω in back; after μου μου of me; mine
32:11 אִם־ ʔim- אִם if יִרְא֨וּ yirʔˌû ראה see הָ hā הַ the אֲנָשִׁ֜ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man הָ hā הַ the עֹלִ֣ים ʕōlˈîm עלה ascend מִ mi מִן from מִּצְרַ֗יִם mmiṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt מִ mi מִן from בֶּ֨ן bbˌen בֵּן son עֶשְׂרִ֤ים ʕeśrˈîm עֶשְׂרִים twenty שָׁנָה֙ šānˌā שָׁנָה year וָ wā וְ and מַ֔עְלָה mˈaʕlā מַעַל top אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִשְׁבַּ֛עְתִּי nišbˈaʕtî שׁבע swear לְ lᵊ לְ to אַבְרָהָ֥ם ʔavrāhˌām אַבְרָהָם Abraham לְ lᵊ לְ to יִצְחָ֖ק yiṣḥˌāq יִצְחָק Isaac וּֽ ˈû וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to יַעֲקֹ֑ב yaʕᵃqˈōv יַעֲקֹב Jacob כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that לֹא־ lō- לֹא not מִלְא֖וּ milʔˌû מלא be full אַחֲרָֽי׃ ʔaḥᵃrˈāy אַחַר after
32:11. si videbunt homines isti qui ascenderunt ex Aegypto a viginti annis et supra terram quam sub iuramento pollicitus sum Abraham Isaac et Iacob et noluerunt sequi meIf these men, that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, shall see the land, which I promised with an oath to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob: because they would not follow me,
11. Surely none of the men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob; because they have not wholly followed me:
32:11. ‘These men, who ascended out of Egypt, from twenty years and above, will not see the land, which I have promised under an oath to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For they were not willing to follow me,
32:11. Surely none of the men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob; because they have not wholly followed me:
Surely none of the men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob; because they have not wholly followed me:

11: люди сии, вышедшие из Египта, от двадцати лет и выше не увидят земли, о которой Я клялся Аврааму, Исааку и Иакову, потому что они не повиновались Мне,
32:11
εἰ ει if; whether
ὄψονται οραω view; see
οἱ ο the
ἄνθρωποι ανθρωπος person; human
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
οἱ ο the
ἀναβάντες αναβαινω step up; ascend
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
ἀπὸ απο from; away
εἰκοσαετοῦς εικοσαετης and; even
ἐπάνω επανω upon; above
οἱ ο the
ἐπιστάμενοι επισταμαι well aware; stand over
τὸ ο the
κακὸν κακος bad; ugly
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
ἀγαθὸν αγαθος good
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
ὤμοσα ομνυω swear
τῷ ο the
Αβρααμ αβρααμ Abraam; Avraam
καὶ και and; even
Ισαακ ισαακ Isaak
καὶ και and; even
Ιακωβ ιακωβ Iakōb; Iakov
οὐ ου not
γὰρ γαρ for
συνεπηκολούθησαν συνεπακολουθεω in back; after
μου μου of me; mine
32:11
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
יִרְא֨וּ yirʔˌû ראה see
הָ הַ the
אֲנָשִׁ֜ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
הָ הַ the
עֹלִ֣ים ʕōlˈîm עלה ascend
מִ mi מִן from
מִּצְרַ֗יִם mmiṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
מִ mi מִן from
בֶּ֨ן bbˌen בֵּן son
עֶשְׂרִ֤ים ʕeśrˈîm עֶשְׂרִים twenty
שָׁנָה֙ šānˌā שָׁנָה year
וָ וְ and
מַ֔עְלָה mˈaʕlā מַעַל top
אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִשְׁבַּ֛עְתִּי nišbˈaʕtî שׁבע swear
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אַבְרָהָ֥ם ʔavrāhˌām אַבְרָהָם Abraham
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יִצְחָ֖ק yiṣḥˌāq יִצְחָק Isaac
וּֽ ˈû וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יַעֲקֹ֑ב yaʕᵃqˈōv יַעֲקֹב Jacob
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
מִלְא֖וּ milʔˌû מלא be full
אַחֲרָֽי׃ ʔaḥᵃrˈāy אַחַר after
32:11. si videbunt homines isti qui ascenderunt ex Aegypto a viginti annis et supra terram quam sub iuramento pollicitus sum Abraham Isaac et Iacob et noluerunt sequi me
If these men, that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, shall see the land, which I promised with an oath to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob: because they would not follow me,
32:11. ‘These men, who ascended out of Egypt, from twenty years and above, will not see the land, which I have promised under an oath to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. For they were not willing to follow me,
32:11. Surely none of the men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob; because they have not wholly followed me:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:11: from twenty: Num 14:28, Num 14:29, Num 26:2, Num 26:64, Num 26:65; Deu 1:35, Deu 2:14, Deu 2:15
because: Num 14:24, Num 14:30; Jos 14:8, Jos 14:9
wholly followed me: Heb. fulfilled after me
John Gill
32:11 Surely none of the men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upwards,.... See Num 14:28.
shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob; the land of Canaan, which at various times he sware to give to them, and to their posterity:
because they have not wholly followed me; the laws which he prescribed them, the directions he gave them, and particularly the orders they had to go up and possess the land at once, Deut 1:21.
32:1232:12: բայց Քաղէբ՝ որդի Յեփոնեայ զատուցեալն, եւ Յեսու որդի Նաւեայ, զի եկին զկնի Տեառն[1546]։ [1546] Յօրինակին՝ աստ եւ այլ ուրեք ուրեք եդեալ էր. Քաղէբ որդի Յոփոնեայ։ Ոմանք. Զի եկին զկնի իմ։
12 Նրանցից ոչ ոք չի մտնելու այդ երկիրը, բացի Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբից ու Նաւէի որդի Յեսուից, քանի որ նրանք հետեւեցին Տիրոջը”:
12 Կենեզեան Յեփոնէի որդիէն Քաղէբէն ու Նաւէի որդիէն Յեսուէն զատ, որոնք կատարելապէս Տէրոջը հնազանդեցան։
բայց Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ [517]զատուցեալն, եւ Յեսու որդի Նաւեայ, զի եկին զկնի Տեառն:

32:12: բայց Քաղէբ՝ որդի Յեփոնեայ զատուցեալն, եւ Յեսու որդի Նաւեայ, զի եկին զկնի Տեառն[1546]։
[1546] Յօրինակին՝ աստ եւ այլ ուրեք ուրեք եդեալ էր. Քաղէբ որդի Յոփոնեայ։ Ոմանք. Զի եկին զկնի իմ։
12 Նրանցից ոչ ոք չի մտնելու այդ երկիրը, բացի Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբից ու Նաւէի որդի Յեսուից, քանի որ նրանք հետեւեցին Տիրոջը”:
12 Կենեզեան Յեփոնէի որդիէն Քաղէբէն ու Նաւէի որդիէն Յեսուէն զատ, որոնք կատարելապէս Տէրոջը հնազանդեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1212: кроме Халева, сына Иефонниина, Кенезеянина, и Иисуса, сына Навина, потому что они повиновались Господу.
32:12 πλὴν πλην besides; only Χαλεβ χαλεβ son Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη the διακεχωρισμένος διαχωριζω divide; separate καὶ και and; even Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus ὁ ο the τοῦ ο the Ναυη ναυη since; that συνεπηκολούθησεν συνεπακολουθεω in back; after κυρίου κυριος lord; master
32:12 בִּלְתִּ֞י biltˈî בֵּלֶת failure כָּלֵ֤ב kālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son יְפֻנֶּה֙ yᵊfunnˌeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh הַ ha הַ the קְּנִזִּ֔י qqᵊnizzˈî קְנִזִּי Kenizzite וִ wi וְ and יהֹושֻׁ֖עַ yhôšˌuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son נ֑וּן nˈûn נוּן Nun כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that מִלְא֖וּ milʔˌû מלא be full אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:12. praeter Chaleb filium Iepphonne Cenezeum et Iosue filium Nun isti impleverunt voluntatem meamExcept Caleb the son of Jephone the Cenezite, and Josue the son of Nun: these have fulfilled my will.
12. save Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenizzite, and Joshua the son of Nun: because they have wholly followed the LORD.
32:12. except Caleb, the son of Jephunneh the Kenizzite, and Joshua the son of Nun; these have fulfilled my will.’
32:12. Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite, and Joshua the son of Nun: for they have wholly followed the LORD.
Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite, and Joshua the son of Nun: for they have wholly followed the LORD:

12: кроме Халева, сына Иефонниина, Кенезеянина, и Иисуса, сына Навина, потому что они повиновались Господу.
32:12
πλὴν πλην besides; only
Χαλεβ χαλεβ son
Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη the
διακεχωρισμένος διαχωριζω divide; separate
καὶ και and; even
Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
ο the
τοῦ ο the
Ναυη ναυη since; that
συνεπηκολούθησεν συνεπακολουθεω in back; after
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
32:12
בִּלְתִּ֞י biltˈî בֵּלֶת failure
כָּלֵ֤ב kālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
יְפֻנֶּה֙ yᵊfunnˌeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh
הַ ha הַ the
קְּנִזִּ֔י qqᵊnizzˈî קְנִזִּי Kenizzite
וִ wi וְ and
יהֹושֻׁ֖עַ yhôšˌuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son
נ֑וּן nˈûn נוּן Nun
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
מִלְא֖וּ milʔˌû מלא be full
אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:12. praeter Chaleb filium Iepphonne Cenezeum et Iosue filium Nun isti impleverunt voluntatem meam
Except Caleb the son of Jephone the Cenezite, and Josue the son of Nun: these have fulfilled my will.
32:12. except Caleb, the son of Jephunneh the Kenizzite, and Joshua the son of Nun; these have fulfilled my will.’
32:12. Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite, and Joshua the son of Nun: for they have wholly followed the LORD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:12: Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite - It was Jephunneh that was the Kenezite, and not Caleb. Kenaz was probably the father of Jephunneh.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:12: The Kenezite - Kenaz Gen 36:11 was the name of one of the "dukes of Edom:" but Israel and Edom were of kindred origin, and the use of similar names by the two peoples is not surprising.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:12: for: Num 14:24, Num 14:30, Num 26:65; Deu 1:36; Jos 14:8, Jos 14:9
John Gill
32:12 Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite, and Joshua the son of Nun,.... See Num 14:30, whether Caleb or Jephunneh is called the Kenezite is not so easy to determine; the latter rather seems to be most correct, for that Caleb should be called so from Kenaz the father of Othniel, who is said to be Caleb's brother seems not to be agreeable; since it is not likely that they were his own brothers, or Caleb would not have given his daughter to him; besides Jephunneh and not Kenaz is always said to be the father of Caleb, unless his father can be thought to have two names; it is most likely that Jephunneh, and so Caleb, might be called the Kenezite, from an ancestor of theirs of that name: Jarchi says, Caleb was the son-in-law of Kenaz, and Caleb's mother bore unto him Othniel:
for they have wholly followed the Lord; here what was said of Caleb, Num 14:24 is said both of him and Joshua; See Gill on Num 14:24.
John Wesley
32:12 The Kenezite - So called from Kenaz, his grand - father.
32:1332:13: Եւ բարկացաւ սրտմտութեամբ Տէր ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի, եւ յածեցոյց զնոսա յանապատին ա՛մս քառասուն. մինչեւ սատակեցաւ ամենայն ազգն որ արարին զչարիս առաջի Տեառն։
13 Տէրը, խիստ զայրանալով իսրայէլացիների վրայ, քառասուն տարի նրանց թափառել տուեց անապատում, մինչեւ որ մեռան Տիրոջ առաջ ամբարիշտ գտնուող բոլոր մարդիկ:
13 Եւ Տէրոջը բարկութիւնը Իսրայէլի վրայ բորբոքեցաւ ու զանոնք քառասուն տարի անապատին մէջ պտըտցուց, մինչեւ որ Տէրոջը առջեւ չարութիւն ընող սերունդը բոլորովին սպառեցաւ։
Եւ բարկացաւ սրտմտութեամբ Տէր ի վերայ Իսրայելի, եւ յածեցոյց զնոսա յանապատին ամս քառասուն, մինչեւ սատակեցաւ ամենայն ազգն որ արարին զչարիս առաջի Տեառն:

32:13: Եւ բարկացաւ սրտմտութեամբ Տէր ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի, եւ յածեցոյց զնոսա յանապատին ա՛մս քառասուն. մինչեւ սատակեցաւ ամենայն ազգն որ արարին զչարիս առաջի Տեառն։
13 Տէրը, խիստ զայրանալով իսրայէլացիների վրայ, քառասուն տարի նրանց թափառել տուեց անապատում, մինչեւ որ մեռան Տիրոջ առաջ ամբարիշտ գտնուող բոլոր մարդիկ:
13 Եւ Տէրոջը բարկութիւնը Իսրայէլի վրայ բորբոքեցաւ ու զանոնք քառասուն տարի անապատին մէջ պտըտցուց, մինչեւ որ Տէրոջը առջեւ չարութիւն ընող սերունդը բոլորովին սպառեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1313: И воспылал гнев Господа на Израиля, и водил Он их по пустыне сорок лет, доколе не кончился весь род, сделавший зло в очах Господних.
32:13 καὶ και and; even ὠργίσθη οργιζω impassioned; anger θυμῷ θυμος provocation; temper κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even κατερρόμβευσεν καταρομβευω he; him ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty ἔτη ετος year ἕως εως till; until ἐξανηλώθη εξαναλισκω all; every ἡ ο the γενεὰ γενεα generation οἱ ο the ποιοῦντες ποιεω do; make τὰ ο the πονηρὰ πονηρος harmful; malignant ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master
32:13 וַ wa וְ and יִּֽחַר־ yyˈiḥar- חרה be hot אַ֤ף ʔˈaf אַף nose יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וַ wa וְ and יְנִעֵם֙ yᵊniʕˌēm נוע quiver בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֔ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert אַרְבָּעִ֖ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto תֹּם֙ tˌōm תמם be complete כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the דֹּ֔ור ddˈôr דֹּור generation הָ hā הַ the עֹשֶׂ֥ה ʕōśˌeh עשׂה make הָ hā הַ the רַ֖ע rˌaʕ רַע evil בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵינֵ֥י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:13. iratusque Dominus adversum Israhel circumduxit eum per desertum quadraginta annis donec consumeretur universa generatio quae fecerat malum in conspectu eiusAnd the Lord being angry against Israel, led them about through the desert forty years, until the whole generation, that had done evil in his sight, was consumed.
13. And the LORD’S anger was kindled against Israel, and he made them wander to and fro in the wilderness forty years, until all the generation, that had done evil in the sight of the LORD, was consumed.
32:13. And the Lord, being angry against Israel, led them in a course through the desert for forty years, until the entire generation, which had done evil in his sight, was consumed.
32:13. And the LORD’S anger was kindled against Israel, and he made them wander in the wilderness forty years, until all the generation, that had done evil in the sight of the LORD, was consumed.
And the LORD' S anger was kindled against Israel, and he made them wander in the wilderness forty years, until all the generation, that had done evil in the sight of the LORD, was consumed:

13: И воспылал гнев Господа на Израиля, и водил Он их по пустыне сорок лет, доколе не кончился весь род, сделавший зло в очах Господних.
32:13
καὶ και and; even
ὠργίσθη οργιζω impassioned; anger
θυμῷ θυμος provocation; temper
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
κατερρόμβευσεν καταρομβευω he; him
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
ἔτη ετος year
ἕως εως till; until
ἐξανηλώθη εξαναλισκω all; every
ο the
γενεὰ γενεα generation
οἱ ο the
ποιοῦντες ποιεω do; make
τὰ ο the
πονηρὰ πονηρος harmful; malignant
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
32:13
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽחַר־ yyˈiḥar- חרה be hot
אַ֤ף ʔˈaf אַף nose
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וַ wa וְ and
יְנִעֵם֙ yᵊniʕˌēm נוע quiver
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֔ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
אַרְבָּעִ֖ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four
שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
תֹּם֙ tˌōm תמם be complete
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
דֹּ֔ור ddˈôr דֹּור generation
הָ הַ the
עֹשֶׂ֥ה ʕōśˌeh עשׂה make
הָ הַ the
רַ֖ע rˌaʕ רַע evil
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵינֵ֥י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:13. iratusque Dominus adversum Israhel circumduxit eum per desertum quadraginta annis donec consumeretur universa generatio quae fecerat malum in conspectu eius
And the Lord being angry against Israel, led them about through the desert forty years, until the whole generation, that had done evil in his sight, was consumed.
32:13. And the Lord, being angry against Israel, led them in a course through the desert for forty years, until the entire generation, which had done evil in his sight, was consumed.
32:13. And the LORD’S anger was kindled against Israel, and he made them wander in the wilderness forty years, until all the generation, that had done evil in the sight of the LORD, was consumed.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:13: wander: Num 14:33-35; Deu 2:14; Psa 78:33
until all: Num 26:64; Deu 2:15; Co1 10:5; Heb 3:16-19
Geneva 1599
32:13 And the LORD'S anger was kindled against Israel, and he made them wander in the wilderness forty years, until all the generation, that had done (c) evil in the sight of the LORD, was consumed.
(c) Because they complained and would not believe their report, which told the truth concerning the land.
John Gill
32:13 And the Lord's anger was kindled against Israel,.... For murmuring against the report of the spies:
and he made them wander in the wilderness forty years; for though it was but about thirty eight years from that time that they were in the wilderness, the round number of forty is given; and besides it includes the time of their first coming into it, which being reckoned, makes the complete number, within a few months: Kadesh, from whence the spies were sent, and whither they returned, and where the people murmured, and had this sentence pronounced on them, that they should not see the land of Canaan, but wander and fall in the wilderness, seems to have had the addition of Barnea made unto it on that account, which signifies the son of him that wandereth:
until all the generation which had done evil in the sight of the Lord was consumed; as they all were at this time when Moses spake these words.
32:1432:14: Եւ արդ՝ դուք յարուցեա՛լ էք փոխանակ հարց ձերոց, ժողովք մարդկան մեղաւորաց, յաւելո՛ւլ միւսանգամ ՚ի սրտմտութիւն բարկութեան Տեառն ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի[1547]։ [1547] Ոմանք. ՚Ի բարկութիւն սրտմտութեան Տեառն։
14 Հիմա էլ դուք էք ելել ձեր հայրերի փոխարէն, ո՜վ մեղաւոր մարդկանց վոհմակներ, որպէսզի է՛լ աւելի բորբոքէք Տիրոջ բարկութիւնը իսրայէլացիների վրայ:
14 Ահա դուք ձեր հայրերուն տեղը ելաք՝ մեղաւոր մարդոց զաւակներու պէս՝ որպէս զի Տէրոջը սաստիկ բարկութիւնը Իսրայէլի վրայ նորէն աւելցնէք։
Եւ արդ դուք յարուցեալ էք փոխանակ հարցն ձերոց, ժողովք մարդկան մեղաւորաց, յաւելուլ միւսանգամ ի սրտմտութիւն բարկութեան Տեառն ի վերայ Իսրայելի:

32:14: Եւ արդ՝ դուք յարուցեա՛լ էք փոխանակ հարց ձերոց, ժողովք մարդկան մեղաւորաց, յաւելո՛ւլ միւսանգամ ՚ի սրտմտութիւն բարկութեան Տեառն ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի[1547]։
[1547] Ոմանք. ՚Ի բարկութիւն սրտմտութեան Տեառն։
14 Հիմա էլ դուք էք ելել ձեր հայրերի փոխարէն, ո՜վ մեղաւոր մարդկանց վոհմակներ, որպէսզի է՛լ աւելի բորբոքէք Տիրոջ բարկութիւնը իսրայէլացիների վրայ:
14 Ահա դուք ձեր հայրերուն տեղը ելաք՝ մեղաւոր մարդոց զաւակներու պէս՝ որպէս զի Տէրոջը սաստիկ բարկութիւնը Իսրայէլի վրայ նորէն աւելցնէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1414: И вот, вместо отцов ваших восстали вы, отродье грешников, чтоб усилить еще ярость гнева Господня на Израиля.
32:14 ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἀνέστητε ανιστημι stand up; resurrect ἀντὶ αντι against; instead of τῶν ο the πατέρων πατηρ father ὑμῶν υμων your σύστρεμμα συστρεμμα person; human ἁμαρτωλῶν αμαρτωλος sinful προσθεῖναι προστιθημι add; continue ἔτι ετι yet; still ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the θυμὸν θυμος provocation; temper τῆς ο the ὀργῆς οργη passion; temperament κυρίου κυριος lord; master ἐπὶ επι in; on Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
32:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and הִנֵּ֣ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold קַמְתֶּ֗ם qamtˈem קום arise תַּ֚חַת ˈtaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part אֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵃvˈōṯêḵˈem אָב father תַּרְבּ֖וּת tarbˌûṯ תַּרְבּוּת increase אֲנָשִׁ֣ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man חַטָּאִ֑ים ḥaṭṭāʔˈîm חַטָּא sinful לִ li לְ to סְפֹּ֣ות sᵊppˈôṯ ספה sweep away עֹ֗וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration עַ֛ל ʕˈal עַל upon חֲרֹ֥ון ḥᵃrˌôn חָרֹון anger אַף־ ʔaf- אַף nose יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
32:14. et ecce inquit vos surrexistis pro patribus vestris incrementa et alumni hominum peccatorum ut augeretis furorem Domini contra IsrahelAnd behold, said he, you are risen up instead of your fathers, the increase and offspring of sinful men, to augment the fury of the Lord against Israel.
14. And, behold, ye are risen up in your fathers’ stead, an increase of sinful men, to augment yet the fierce anger of the LORD toward Israel.
32:14. And behold,” he said, “you have risen up in the place of your fathers, the offshoots and the nurslings of sinful men, in order to augment the fury of the Lord against Israel.
32:14. And, behold, ye are risen up in your fathers’ stead, an increase of sinful men, to augment yet the fierce anger of the LORD toward Israel.
And, behold, ye are risen up in your fathers' stead, an increase of sinful men, to augment yet the fierce anger of the LORD toward Israel:

14: И вот, вместо отцов ваших восстали вы, отродье грешников, чтоб усилить еще ярость гнева Господня на Израиля.
32:14
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἀνέστητε ανιστημι stand up; resurrect
ἀντὶ αντι against; instead of
τῶν ο the
πατέρων πατηρ father
ὑμῶν υμων your
σύστρεμμα συστρεμμα person; human
ἁμαρτωλῶν αμαρτωλος sinful
προσθεῖναι προστιθημι add; continue
ἔτι ετι yet; still
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
θυμὸν θυμος provocation; temper
τῆς ο the
ὀργῆς οργη passion; temperament
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
32:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִנֵּ֣ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold
קַמְתֶּ֗ם qamtˈem קום arise
תַּ֚חַת ˈtaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
אֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵃvˈōṯêḵˈem אָב father
תַּרְבּ֖וּת tarbˌûṯ תַּרְבּוּת increase
אֲנָשִׁ֣ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
חַטָּאִ֑ים ḥaṭṭāʔˈîm חַטָּא sinful
לִ li לְ to
סְפֹּ֣ות sᵊppˈôṯ ספה sweep away
עֹ֗וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
עַ֛ל ʕˈal עַל upon
חֲרֹ֥ון ḥᵃrˌôn חָרֹון anger
אַף־ ʔaf- אַף nose
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
32:14. et ecce inquit vos surrexistis pro patribus vestris incrementa et alumni hominum peccatorum ut augeretis furorem Domini contra Israhel
And behold, said he, you are risen up instead of your fathers, the increase and offspring of sinful men, to augment the fury of the Lord against Israel.
32:14. And behold,” he said, “you have risen up in the place of your fathers, the offshoots and the nurslings of sinful men, in order to augment the fury of the Lord against Israel.
32:14. And, behold, ye are risen up in your fathers’ stead, an increase of sinful men, to augment yet the fierce anger of the LORD toward Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:14: an increase: Gen 5:3, Gen 8:21; Neh 9:24-26; Job 14:4; Psa 78:57; Isa 1:4, Isa 57:4; Eze 20:21; Mat 23:31-33; Luk 11:48; Act 7:51, Act 7:52
to augment: Deu 1:34, Deu 1:35; Ezr 9:13, Ezr 9:14, Ezr 10:10; Neh 13:18; Isa 65:6, Isa 65:7
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:14
"Behold, ye rise up instead of your fathers," i.e., ye take their place, "an increase (תּרבּוּת, from רבה; equivalent to a brood) of sinners, to augment yet the burning of the wrath of Jehovah against Israel." על ספה, to add to, or increase.
John Gill
32:14 And, behold, ye are risen up in your fathers' stead,.... Succeeded them in their families, of which they were now the heads; and in their substance, their flocks, and herds; and he suggests also, in their manners amid evil dispositions:
an increase of sinful men; this new generation was greatly increased, for when the number was taken, as it was but a little before this time, they were pretty near the same number as of those that came out of Egypt; but then they were not only an increase of men, but of sinful men, like fathers like sons:
to augment yet the fierce anger of the Lord toward Israel; to make it greater and fiercer towards that nation than even their fathers had by their many sins and transgressions.
32:1532:15: Զի դարձեալ էք ՚ի նմանէ, յաւելուլ միւսանգամ լքանե՛լ նմա զձեզ յանապատ. եւ անօրինի՛ք յամենայն ժողովուրդս յայս[1548]։ [1548] Ոմանք. Զձեզ յանապատի աստ։
15 Քանի որ դուք խոտորուել էք Աստծուց, նա դարձեալ կը թողնի ձեզ այս անապատում, եւ դուք պատճառ կը դառնաք, որ ամբողջ ժողովուրդը անօրինութիւն գործի»:
15 Վասն զի եթէ դուք անկէ խոտորիք, ան ալ նորէն այս ժողովուրդը անապատին մէջ պիտի ձգէ ու դուք այս բոլոր ժողովուրդին կորուստին պատճառ պիտի ըլլաք’»։
Զի դարձեալ էք ի նմանէ, յաւելուլ միւսանգամ լքանել նմա զձեզ յանապատի աստ. եւ անօրինիք յամենայն ժողովուրդս յայս:

32:15: Զի դարձեալ էք ՚ի նմանէ, յաւելուլ միւսանգամ լքանե՛լ նմա զձեզ յանապատ. եւ անօրինի՛ք յամենայն ժողովուրդս յայս[1548]։
[1548] Ոմանք. Զձեզ յանապատի աստ։
15 Քանի որ դուք խոտորուել էք Աստծուց, նա դարձեալ կը թողնի ձեզ այս անապատում, եւ դուք պատճառ կը դառնաք, որ ամբողջ ժողովուրդը անօրինութիւն գործի»:
15 Վասն զի եթէ դուք անկէ խոտորիք, ան ալ նորէն այս ժողովուրդը անապատին մէջ պիտի ձգէ ու դուք այս բոլոր ժողովուրդին կորուստին պատճառ պիտի ըլլաք’»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1515: Если вы отвратитесь от Него, то Он опять оставит его в пустыне, и вы погубите весь народ сей.
32:15 ὅτι οτι since; that ἀποστραφήσεσθε αποστρεφω turn away; alienate ἀπ᾿ απο from; away αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him προσθεῖναι προστιθημι add; continue ἔτι ετι yet; still καταλιπεῖν καταλειπω leave behind; remain αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness καὶ και and; even ἀνομήσετε ανομεω into; for ὅλην ολος whole; wholly τὴν ο the συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering ταύτην ουτος this; he
32:15 כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that תְשׁוּבֻן֙ ṯᵊšûvˌun שׁוב return מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אַחֲרָ֔יו ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after וְ wᵊ וְ and יָסַ֣ף yāsˈaf יסף add עֹ֔וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration לְ lᵊ לְ to הַנִּיחֹ֖ו hannîḥˌô נוח settle בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֑ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert וְ wᵊ וְ and שִֽׁחַתֶּ֖ם šˈiḥattˌem שׁחת destroy לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עָ֥ם ʕˌām עַם people הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ ס zzˈeh . s זֶה this
32:15. qui si nolueritis sequi eum in solitudine populum derelinquet et vos causa eritis necis omniumFor if you will not follow him, he will leave the people in the wilderness, and you shall be the cause of the destruction of all.
15. For if ye turn away from after him, he will yet again leave them in the wilderness; and ye shall destroy all this people.
32:15. But if you are not willing to follow him, he will leave the people behind in the wilderness, and you will have been the cause of all our deaths.”
32:15. For if ye turn away from after him, he will yet again leave them in the wilderness; and ye shall destroy all this people.
For if ye turn away from after him, he will yet again leave them in the wilderness; and ye shall destroy all this people:

15: Если вы отвратитесь от Него, то Он опять оставит его в пустыне, и вы погубите весь народ сей.
32:15
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἀποστραφήσεσθε αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
προσθεῖναι προστιθημι add; continue
ἔτι ετι yet; still
καταλιπεῖν καταλειπω leave behind; remain
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
καὶ και and; even
ἀνομήσετε ανομεω into; for
ὅλην ολος whole; wholly
τὴν ο the
συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering
ταύτην ουτος this; he
32:15
כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that
תְשׁוּבֻן֙ ṯᵊšûvˌun שׁוב return
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אַחֲרָ֔יו ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָסַ֣ף yāsˈaf יסף add
עֹ֔וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הַנִּיחֹ֖ו hannîḥˌô נוח settle
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֑ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שִֽׁחַתֶּ֖ם šˈiḥattˌem שׁחת destroy
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עָ֥ם ʕˌām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ ס zzˈeh . s זֶה this
32:15. qui si nolueritis sequi eum in solitudine populum derelinquet et vos causa eritis necis omnium
For if you will not follow him, he will leave the people in the wilderness, and you shall be the cause of the destruction of all.
32:15. But if you are not willing to follow him, he will leave the people behind in the wilderness, and you will have been the cause of all our deaths.”
32:15. For if ye turn away from after him, he will yet again leave them in the wilderness; and ye shall destroy all this people.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:15: if ye turn: Lev 26:14-18; Deut. 28:15-68, Deu 30:17-19; Jos 22:16-18; Ch2 7:19-22; Ch2 15:2
he will yet: Num 14:30-35
ye shall: Jer 38:23; Mat 18:7; Rom 14:15, Rom 14:20, Rom 14:21; Co1 8:11, Co1 8:12
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:15
"If ye draw back behind Him," i.e., resist the fulfilment of the will of God, to bring Israel to Canaan, "He will leave it (Israel) still longer in the desert, and ye prepare destruction for all this nation."
Geneva 1599
32:15 For if ye turn away from after him, he will yet again leave them in the wilderness; and (d) ye shall destroy all this people.
(d) By your occasion.
John Gill
32:15 For if ye turn away from after him,.... From following him in the way of his commandments, from attending his word, worship, and ordinances, and from walking after him, who went before them in a pillar of cloud and fire, as it is suggested they would, should they stop short here and not go over Jordan into the land of Canaan:
he will yet again leave them in the wilderness; as he did at the time of the affair of the spies, when they were ordered to turn and get into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea, and where they had been ever since unto this time, Num 14:25,
and ye shall destroy all this people; be the cause of their destruction, if the Lord should in such a manner resent this step of theirs, as to order them back into the wilderness again, though they were now as they were before, on the border of the land of Canaan.
John Wesley
32:15 All this people - Who being moved by your counsel and example, will refuse to go over Jordan.
32:1632:16: Եւ մատեան առաջի նորա՝ եւ ասեն. Դադա՛րս ոչխարաց մերոց շինեսցուք՝ եւ անասնոց մերոց, եւ քաղաքս աղխից մերոց.
16 Նրանք, դիմելով Մովսէսին, ասացին. «Ուզում ենք մեր ոչխարների ու միւս անասունների համար գոմեր շինել, մեր ընտանիքների համար՝ քաղաքներ:
16 Անոնք մօտեցան անոր ու ըսին. «Մենք այստեղ միայն կ’ուզենք մեր անասուններուն համար փարախներ ու մեր ընտանիքներուն համար քաղաքներ շինել,
Եւ մատեան առաջի նորա եւ ասեն. Դադարս ոչխարաց մերոց շինեսցուք եւ անասնոց մերոց, եւ քաղաքս աղխից մերոց:

32:16: Եւ մատեան առաջի նորա՝ եւ ասեն. Դադա՛րս ոչխարաց մերոց շինեսցուք՝ եւ անասնոց մերոց, եւ քաղաքս աղխից մերոց.
16 Նրանք, դիմելով Մովսէսին, ասացին. «Ուզում ենք մեր ոչխարների ու միւս անասունների համար գոմեր շինել, մեր ընտանիքների համար՝ քաղաքներ:
16 Անոնք մօտեցան անոր ու ըսին. «Մենք այստեղ միայն կ’ուզենք մեր անասուններուն համար փարախներ ու մեր ընտանիքներուն համար քաղաքներ շինել,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1616: И подошли они к нему и сказали: мы построим здесь овчие дворы для стад наших и города для детей наших;
32:16 καὶ και and; even προσῆλθον προσερχομαι approach; go ahead αὐτῷ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἔλεγον λεγω tell; declare ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge προβάτων προβατον sheep οἰκοδομήσωμεν οικοδομεω build ὧδε ωδε here τοῖς ο the κτήνεσιν κτηνος livestock; animal ἡμῶν ημων our καὶ και and; even πόλεις πολις city ταῖς ο the ἀποσκευαῖς αποσκευη our
32:16 וַ wa וְ and יִּגְּשׁ֤וּ yyiggᵊšˈû נגשׁ approach אֵלָיו֙ ʔēlāʸw אֶל to וַ֣ wˈa וְ and יֹּאמְר֔וּ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say גִּדְרֹ֥ת giḏrˌōṯ גְּדֵרָה heap of stones צֹ֛אן ṣˈōn צֹאן cattle נִבְנֶ֥ה nivnˌeh בנה build לְ lᵊ לְ to מִקְנֵ֖נוּ miqnˌēnû מִקְנֶה purchase פֹּ֑ה pˈō פֹּה here וְ wᵊ וְ and עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town לְ lᵊ לְ to טַפֵּֽנוּ׃ ṭappˈēnû טַף [those unable to march]
32:16. at illi prope accedentes dixerunt caulas ovium fabricabimus et stabula iumentorum parvulis quoque nostris urbes munitasBut they coming near, said: We will make sheepfolds, and stalls for our cattle, and strong cities for our children:
16. And they came near unto him, and said, We will build sheepfolds here for our cattle, and cities for our little ones:
32:16. But approaching closer, they said: “We will manufacture sheep pens and cattle stalls, as well as fortified cities, for our little ones.
32:16. And they came near unto him, and said, We will build sheepfolds here for our cattle, and cities for our little ones:
And they came near unto him, and said, We will build sheepfolds here for our cattle, and cities for our little ones:

16: И подошли они к нему и сказали: мы построим здесь овчие дворы для стад наших и города для детей наших;
32:16
καὶ και and; even
προσῆλθον προσερχομαι approach; go ahead
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἔλεγον λεγω tell; declare
ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge
προβάτων προβατον sheep
οἰκοδομήσωμεν οικοδομεω build
ὧδε ωδε here
τοῖς ο the
κτήνεσιν κτηνος livestock; animal
ἡμῶν ημων our
καὶ και and; even
πόλεις πολις city
ταῖς ο the
ἀποσκευαῖς αποσκευη our
32:16
וַ wa וְ and
יִּגְּשׁ֤וּ yyiggᵊšˈû נגשׁ approach
אֵלָיו֙ ʔēlāʸw אֶל to
וַ֣ wˈa וְ and
יֹּאמְר֔וּ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say
גִּדְרֹ֥ת giḏrˌōṯ גְּדֵרָה heap of stones
צֹ֛אן ṣˈōn צֹאן cattle
נִבְנֶ֥ה nivnˌeh בנה build
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִקְנֵ֖נוּ miqnˌēnû מִקְנֶה purchase
פֹּ֑ה pˈō פֹּה here
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
לְ lᵊ לְ to
טַפֵּֽנוּ׃ ṭappˈēnû טַף [those unable to march]
32:16. at illi prope accedentes dixerunt caulas ovium fabricabimus et stabula iumentorum parvulis quoque nostris urbes munitas
But they coming near, said: We will make sheepfolds, and stalls for our cattle, and strong cities for our children:
32:16. But approaching closer, they said: “We will manufacture sheep pens and cattle stalls, as well as fortified cities, for our little ones.
32:16. And they came near unto him, and said, We will build sheepfolds here for our cattle, and cities for our little ones:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
16 And they came near unto him, and said, We will build sheepfolds here for our cattle, and cities for our little ones: 17 But we ourselves will go ready armed before the children of Israel, until we have brought them unto their place: and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities because of the inhabitants of the land. 18 We will not return unto our houses, until the children of Israel have inherited every man his inheritance. 19 For we will not inherit with them on yonder side Jordan, or forward; because our inheritance is fallen to us on this side Jordan eastward. 20 And Moses said unto them, If ye will do this thing, if ye will go armed before the LORD to war, 21 And will go all of you armed over Jordan before the LORD, until he hath driven out his enemies from before him, 22 And the land be subdued before the LORD: then afterward ye shall return, and be guiltless before the LORD, and before Israel; and this land shall be your possession before the LORD. 23 But if ye will not do so, behold, ye have sinned against the LORD: and be sure your sin will find you out. 24 Build you cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheep; and do that which hath proceeded out of your mouth. 25 And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben spake unto Moses, saying, Thy servants will do as my lord commandeth. 26 Our little ones, our wives, our flocks, and all our cattle, shall be there in the cities of Gilead: 27 But thy servants will pass over, every man armed for war, before the LORD to battle, as my lord saith.
We have here the accommodating of the matter between Moses and the two tribes, about their settlement on this side Jordan. Probably the petitioners withdrew, and considered with themselves what answer they should return to the severe reproof Moses had given them; and, after some consultation, they return with this proposal, that their men of war should go and assist their brethren in the conquest of Canaan, and they would leave their families and flocks behind them in this land: and thus they might have their request, and no harm would be done. Now it is uncertain whether they designed this at first when they brought their petition or no. If they did, it is an instance how often that which is honestly meant is unhappily misinterpreted; yet Moses herein was excusable, for he had reason to suspect the worst of them, and the rebuke he gave them was from the abundance of his care to prevent sin. But, if they did not, it is an instance of the good effect of plain dealing; Moses, by showing them their sin, and the danger of it, brought them to their duty without murmuring or disputing. They object not that their brethren were able to contend with the Canaanites without their help, especially since they were sure of God's fighting for them; but engage themselves to stand by them.
I. Their proposal is very fair and generous, and such as, instead of disheartening, would rather encourage their brethren. 1. That their men of war, who were fit for service, would go ready armed before the children of Israel into the land of Canaan. So far would they be from deserting them that, if it were thought fit, they would lead them on, and be foremost is all dangerous enterprises. So far were they from either distrusting or despising the conquest of Canaan that they would assist in it with the utmost readiness and resolution. 2. That they would leave behind them their families and cattle (which would otherwise be but the incumbrance of their camp), and so they would be the more serviceable to their brethren, v. 16. 3. That they would not return to their possessions till the conquest of Canaan was completed, v. 18. Their brethren should have their best help as long as they needed it. 4. That yet they would not expect any share of the land that was yet to be conquered (v. 19): "We will not desire to inherit with them, nor, under colour of assisting them in the war, put in for a share with them in the land; no, we will be content with our inheritance on this side Jordan, and there will be so much the more on yonder side for them."
II. Moses thereupon grants their request, upon consideration that they would adhere to their proposals. 1. He insists much upon it that they should never lay down their arms till their brethren laid down theirs. They promised to go armed before the children of Israel, v. 17. "Nay," says Moses, "you shall go armed before the Lord, v. 20, 21. It is God's cause more than your brethren's, and to him you must have an eye, and not to them only." Before the Lord, that is, before the ark of the Lord, the token of his presence, which, it should seem, they carried about with them in the wars of Canaan, and immediately before which these two tribes were posted, as we find in the order of their march, ch. ii. 10, 17. 2. Upon this condition he grants them this land for their possession, and tells them they shall be guiltless before the Lord and before Israel, v. 22. They should have the land, and neither sin nor blame should cleave to it, neither sin before God nor blame before Israel; and, whatever possessions we have, it is desirable thus to come guiltless to them. But, 3. He warns them of the danger of breaking their word: "If you fail, you sin against the Lord (v. 23), and not against your brethren only, and be sure your sin will find you out;" that is, "God will certainly reckon with you for it, though you may make a light matter of it." Note, Sin will, without doubt, find out the sinner sooner or later. It concerns us therefore to find our sins out, that we may repent of them and forsake them, lest our sins find us out to our ruin and confusion.
III. They unanimously agree to the provisos and conditions of the grant, and do, as it were, give bond for performance, by a solemn promise: Thy servants will do as my lord commandeth, v. 25. Their brethren had all contributed their assistance to the conquest of this country, which they desired for a possession, and therefore they owned themselves obliged in justice to help them in the conquest of that which was to be their possession. Having received kindness, we ought to return it, though it was not so conditioned when we received it. We may suppose that this promise was understood, on both sides, so as not to oblige all that were numbered of these tribes to go over armed, but those only that were fittest for the expedition, who would be most serviceable, while it was necessary that some should be left to till the ground and guard the country; and accordingly we find that about 40,000 of the two tribes and a half went over armed (Josh. iv. 13), whereas their whole number was about 100,000.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:16: We will build - cities for our little ones - It was impossible for these, numerous as they might be, to build cities and fortify them for the defense of their families in their absence. Calmet supposes they meant no more than repairing the cities of the Amorites which they had lately taken; which work might have been very easily accomplished in the time which they spent on this side of Jordan, before they went over with their brethren, to put them in possession of the land.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:16: This proposal was very equitable, and it was honestly made and faithfully executed; though it did not imply that all men capable of bearing arms should go, and so leave their families and possessions defenceless, but only a sufficient detachment of them. Among the inhabitants of the land were the Ammonites, Moabites, Idumeans, and the remains of the Midianites and Amorites; and as it was impossible for the women and children to keep the defenced cities, when placed in them, many of the men of war must of course stay behind. In the last census (Num 26:1), the tribe of Reuben consisted of 43, 730 men; the tribe of Gad 40, 500; and the tribe of Manasseh 52, 700; the half of which is 26, 350; which together amount to 110, 580. Now from Jos 4:13, we learn, that of these tribes only 40, 000 armed men passed over Jordan to assist their brethren. consequently 70, 580 men were left behind for the defence of the women, the children, and the flocks. which was amply sufficient for this purpose.
Num 34:22; Gen 33:17
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:16
The persons thus reproved came near to Moses, and replied, "We will build sheep-folds here for our flocks, and towns for our children; but we will equip ourselves hastily (חשׁים, part. pass. hasting) before the children of Israel, till we bring them to their place" (i.e., to Canaan). צאן גּדרת, folds or pens for flocks, that were built of stones piled up one upon another (1Kings 24:4).
(Note: According to Wetstein (Reiseber. p. 29), it is a regular custom with the nomads in Leja, to surround every place, where they pitch their tents, with a Sira, i.e., with an enclosure of stones about the height of a man, that the flocks may not be scattered in the night, and that they may know at once, from the noise made by the falling of the smaller stones which are laid at the top, if a wolf attempts to enter the enclosure during the night.)
By the building of towns, we are to understand the rebuilding and fortification of them. טף, the children, including the women, and such other defenceless members of the family as were in need of protection (see at Ex 12:37). When their families were secured in fortified towns against the inhabitants of the land, the men who could bear arms would not return to their houses till the children of Israel, i.e., the rest of the tribes, had all received their inheritance: for they did not wish for an inheritance on the other side of Jordan and farther on, if (כּי) their inheritance was assigned them on this side Jordan towards the east. The application of the expression היּרדּן מעבר to the land on the east of the Jordan, as well as to that on the west, points to a time when the Israelites had not yet obtained a firm footing in Canaan. At that time the land to the west of the river could very naturally be spoken of as "beyond the Jordan," from the subjective stand-point of the historian, who was then on the east of the river; whereas, according to the objective and geographical usage, the land "beyond Jordan" signifies the country to the east of the river. But in order to prevent misunderstanding, in this particular instance the expression היּרדּן עבר is defined more precisely as מזרחה, "towards the east," when it is intended to apply to the land on the east of the Jordan.
John Gill
32:16 And they came near unto him,.... The heads of the tribes of Gad and Reuben came a little nearer to Moses, having something more to say unto him, in order to explain their meaning, and in doing which they used some degree of freedom and boldness with him, see Gen 44:18.
and said, we will build sheepfolds here for our cattle, and cities for our little ones not build new ones, but repair the old ones; for there were cities enough in the country, as before named, and no doubt sheepfolds too, as the land was a place of cattle, but those were through the war broken down and demolished, and needed repairing; and this they proposed to do, and leave their children and their cattle to the care of their servants, under the protection of the divine Providence, and did not mean for the present to take up their abode here.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:16 they came near--The narrative gives a picturesque description of this scene. The suppliants had shrunk back, dreading from the undisguised emotions of their leader that their request would be refused. But, perceiving, from the tenor of his discourse, that his objection was grounded only on the supposition that they would not cross the Jordan to assist their brethren, they became emboldened to approach him with assurances of their goodwill.
We will build sheepfolds here for our cattle, and cities for our little ones--that is, rebuild, repair. It would have been impossible within two months to found new cities, or even to reconstruct those which had been razed to the ground. Those cities of the Amorites were not absolutely demolished, and they probably consisted only of mud-built, or dry-stone walls.
32:1732:17: եւ մեք վառեսցուք առաջի Տեառն, առաջապա՛հք երթիցուք որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, մինչեւ հանցուք զնոսա յիւրաքանչիւր տեղի. եւ բնակեսցէ աղխն մեր ՚ի քաղաքս պարսպաւորս վասն բնակչաց երկրիս։
17 Մենք ինքներս կը զինուենք Տիրոջ առջեւ, կը գնանք միւս իսրայէլացիների առջեւից, մինչեւ որ հաստատենք նրանց իրենց տեղերում: Մեր ժողովուրդը, որպէսզի ապահով լինի այս երկրի բնակիչներից, թող բնակուի պարսպապատ քաղաքներում:
17 Բայց մենք պատրաստ ենք զէնքերնիս առնել ու Իսրայէլի որդիներուն առջեւէն երթալ, մինչեւ որ զանոնք իրենց տեղերը տանինք եւ մեր ընտանիքները պարսպապատ քաղաքներու մէջ պիտի բնակին երկրիս բնակիչներուն պատճառով
եւ մեք վառեսցուք [518]առաջի Տեառն`` առաջապահք երթիցուք որդւոցն Իսրայելի, մինչեւ հանցուք զնոսա յիւրաքանչիւր տեղի. եւ բնակեսցէ աղխն մեր ի քաղաքս պարսպաւորս վասն բնակչաց երկրիս:

32:17: եւ մեք վառեսցուք առաջի Տեառն, առաջապա՛հք երթիցուք որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, մինչեւ հանցուք զնոսա յիւրաքանչիւր տեղի. եւ բնակեսցէ աղխն մեր ՚ի քաղաքս պարսպաւորս վասն բնակչաց երկրիս։
17 Մենք ինքներս կը զինուենք Տիրոջ առջեւ, կը գնանք միւս իսրայէլացիների առջեւից, մինչեւ որ հաստատենք նրանց իրենց տեղերում: Մեր ժողովուրդը, որպէսզի ապահով լինի այս երկրի բնակիչներից, թող բնակուի պարսպապատ քաղաքներում:
17 Բայց մենք պատրաստ ենք զէնքերնիս առնել ու Իսրայէլի որդիներուն առջեւէն երթալ, մինչեւ որ զանոնք իրենց տեղերը տանինք եւ մեր ընտանիքները պարսպապատ քաղաքներու մէջ պիտի բնակին երկրիս բնակիչներուն պատճառով
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1717: сами же мы первые вооружимся и пойдем пред сынами Израилевыми, доколе не приведем их в места их; а дети наши пусть останутся в укрепленных городах, [для безопасности] от жителей земли;
32:17 καὶ και and; even ἡμεῖς ημεις we ἐνοπλισάμενοι ενοπλιζω earlier τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever ἀγάγωμεν αγω lead; pass αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the ἑαυτῶν εαυτου of himself; his own τόπον τοπος place; locality καὶ και and; even κατοικήσει κατοικεω settle ἡ ο the ἀποσκευὴ αποσκευη our ἐν εν in πόλεσιν πολις city τετειχισμέναις τειχιζω through; because of τοὺς ο the κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land
32:17 וַ wa וְ and אֲנַ֜חְנוּ ʔᵃnˈaḥnû אֲנַחְנוּ we נֵחָלֵ֣ץ nēḥālˈēṣ חלץ draw off חֻשִׁ֗ים ḥušˈîm חושׁ make haste לִ li לְ to פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel עַ֛ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אִם־ ʔim- אִם if הֲבִֽיאֹנֻ֖ם hᵃvˈîʔōnˌum בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מְקֹומָ֑ם mᵊqômˈām מָקֹום place וְ wᵊ וְ and יָשַׁ֤ב yāšˈav ישׁב sit טַפֵּ֨נוּ֙ ṭappˈēnû טַף [those unable to march] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the מִּבְצָ֔ר mmivṣˈār מִבְצָר fortification מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵ֖י ppᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יֹשְׁבֵ֥י yōšᵊvˌê ישׁב sit הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
32:17. nos autem ipsi armati et accincti pergemus ad proelium ante filios Israhel donec introducamus eos ad loca sua parvuli nostri et quicquid habere possumus erunt in urbibus muratis propter habitatorum insidiasAnd we ourselves will go armed and ready for battle before the children of Israel, until we bring them in unto their places. Our little ones, and all we have, shall be in walled cities, for fear of the ambushes of the inhabitants.
17. but we ourselves will be ready armed to go before the children of Israel, until we have brought them unto their place: and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities because of the inhabitants of the land.
32:17. But we ourselves will continue on, armed and girded for battle, before the sons of Israel, until we lead them to their places. Our little ones, and whatever we may be able to have, shall be in walled cities, because of the treachery of the inhabitants.
32:17. But we ourselves will go ready armed before the children of Israel, until we have brought them unto their place: and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities because of the inhabitants of the land.
But we ourselves will go ready armed before the children of Israel, until we have brought them unto their place: and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities because of the inhabitants of the land:

17: сами же мы первые вооружимся и пойдем пред сынами Израилевыми, доколе не приведем их в места их; а дети наши пусть останутся в укрепленных городах, [для безопасности] от жителей земли;
32:17
καὶ και and; even
ἡμεῖς ημεις we
ἐνοπλισάμενοι ενοπλιζω earlier
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
ἀγάγωμεν αγω lead; pass
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
ἑαυτῶν εαυτου of himself; his own
τόπον τοπος place; locality
καὶ και and; even
κατοικήσει κατοικεω settle
ο the
ἀποσκευὴ αποσκευη our
ἐν εν in
πόλεσιν πολις city
τετειχισμέναις τειχιζω through; because of
τοὺς ο the
κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
32:17
וַ wa וְ and
אֲנַ֜חְנוּ ʔᵃnˈaḥnû אֲנַחְנוּ we
נֵחָלֵ֣ץ nēḥālˈēṣ חלץ draw off
חֻשִׁ֗ים ḥušˈîm חושׁ make haste
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
עַ֛ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
הֲבִֽיאֹנֻ֖ם hᵃvˈîʔōnˌum בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מְקֹומָ֑ם mᵊqômˈām מָקֹום place
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָשַׁ֤ב yāšˈav ישׁב sit
טַפֵּ֨נוּ֙ ṭappˈēnû טַף [those unable to march]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
מִּבְצָ֔ר mmivṣˈār מִבְצָר fortification
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵ֖י ppᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יֹשְׁבֵ֥י yōšᵊvˌê ישׁב sit
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
32:17. nos autem ipsi armati et accincti pergemus ad proelium ante filios Israhel donec introducamus eos ad loca sua parvuli nostri et quicquid habere possumus erunt in urbibus muratis propter habitatorum insidias
And we ourselves will go armed and ready for battle before the children of Israel, until we bring them in unto their places. Our little ones, and all we have, shall be in walled cities, for fear of the ambushes of the inhabitants.
32:17. But we ourselves will continue on, armed and girded for battle, before the sons of Israel, until we lead them to their places. Our little ones, and whatever we may be able to have, shall be in walled cities, because of the treachery of the inhabitants.
32:17. But we ourselves will go ready armed before the children of Israel, until we have brought them unto their place: and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities because of the inhabitants of the land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:17: Because of the inhabitants of the land - These were the Ammonites, Moabites, Idumeans, and the remains of the Midianites and Amorites. But could the women and children even keep the defenced cities, when placed in them? This certainly cannot be supposed possible. Many of the men of war must of course stay behind. In the last census, Numbers 26, the tribe of Reuben consisted of 43,730 men; the tribe of Gad, 40,500; the tribe of Manasseh, 52,700; the half of which is 26,350. Add this to the sum of the other two tribes, and the amount is 110,580. Now from Jos 4:13 we learn that of the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the half of the tribe of Manasseh, only 40,000 armed men passed over Jordan to assist their brethren in the reduction of the land: consequently the number of 70,580 men were left behind for the defense of the women, the children, and the flocks. This was more than sufficient to defend them against a people already panic struck by their late discomfitures and reverses.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:17: Num 32:29-32; Deu 3:18-20; Jos 4:12, Jos 4:13
Geneva 1599
32:17 But we ourselves will go ready armed before the children of Israel, until we have brought them unto their (e) place: and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities because of the inhabitants of the land.
(e) In the land of Canaan.
John Gill
32:17 But we ourselves will go ready armed before the children of Israel,.... This they said to free themselves from the charge of cowardice, and that they did not mean to sit still while their brethren went to war; they were willing to put on their armour, and be ready to meet the enemy upon the borders of the land, and engage with them, and to expose their lives in favour of their brethren:
until we have brought them unto their place; to the land of Canaan, the place designed for them, and given unto them, to the possession of it, and a settlement in it:
and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities, because of the inhabitants of the land; where they might be safe from them, which they proposed to repair and refortify for the security of them, while they went with their brethren into the land of Canaan, to put them into possession of that, of which they made not the least doubt; and so served to clear them of suspicion of any distrust they had of entering into and possessing the land, which might tend to discourage the people.
John Wesley
32:17 We ourselves - Either all, or as many as shall be thought necessary, leaving only so many as may be necessary to provide for the sustenance and defence of our wives and children here.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:17 and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities because of the inhabitants of the land--There was good policy in leaving a sufficient force to protect the conquered region lest the enemy should attempt reprisals; and as only forty thousand of the Reubenites and the Gadites, and a half of Manasseh, passed over the Jordan (Josh 4:13), there were left for the security of the new possessions 70,580 men, besides women and children under twenty years (compare Num 26:7, Num 26:18, Num 26:34).
We ourselves will go ready armed--that is, all of us in a collective body, or as many as may be deemed necessary, while the rest of our number shall remain at home to provide for the sustenance and secure the protection of our families and flocks. (See on Josh 4:12).
32:1832:18: Եւ ո՛չ դարձցուք ՚ի տունս մեր՝ մինչեւ բաժանեսցին որդիքն Իսրայէլի զիւրաքանչիւր ժառանգութիւն[1549]։ [1549] Ոսկան համաձայն միում օրինակի. Մինչեւ բաժանեսցեն որդիքն։
18 Մենք չենք վերադառնայ մեր տները, մինչեւ որ իսրայէլացիները իրենց ժառանգութեան տէր դառնան:
18 Ու մինչեւ որ Իսրայէլի որդիներէն իւրաքանչիւրը իր ժառանգութիւնը չժառանգէ, մենք մեր տուները պիտի չդառնանք,
եւ ոչ դարձցուք ի տունս մեր, մինչեւ բաժանեսցին որդիքն Իսրայելի զիւրաքանչիւր ժառանգութիւն:

32:18: Եւ ո՛չ դարձցուք ՚ի տունս մեր՝ մինչեւ բաժանեսցին որդիքն Իսրայէլի զիւրաքանչիւր ժառանգութիւն[1549]։
[1549] Ոսկան համաձայն միում օրինակի. Մինչեւ բաժանեսցեն որդիքն։
18 Մենք չենք վերադառնայ մեր տները, մինչեւ որ իսրայէլացիները իրենց ժառանգութեան տէր դառնան:
18 Ու մինչեւ որ Իսրայէլի որդիներէն իւրաքանչիւրը իր ժառանգութիւնը չժառանգէ, մենք մեր տուները պիտի չդառնանք,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1818: не возвратимся в домы наши, доколе не вступят сыны Израилевы каждый в удел свой;
32:18 οὐ ου not μὴ μη not ἀποστραφῶμεν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the οἰκίας οικια house; household ἡμῶν ημων our ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever καταμερισθῶσιν καταμεριζω the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἕκαστος εκαστος each εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:18 לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not נָשׁ֖וּב nāšˌûv שׁוב return אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to בָּתֵּ֑ינוּ bāttˈênû בַּיִת house עַ֗ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto הִתְנַחֵל֙ hiṯnaḥˌēl נחל take possession בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man נַחֲלָתֹֽו׃ naḥᵃlāṯˈô נַחֲלָה heritage
32:18. non revertemur in domos nostras usquequo possideant filii Israhel hereditatem suamWe will not return into our houses until the children of Israel possess their inheritance:
18. We will not return unto our houses, until the children of Israel have inherited every man his inheritance.
32:18. We will not return to our houses, even until the sons of Israel may possess their inheritance.
32:18. We will not return unto our houses, until the children of Israel have inherited every man his inheritance.
We will not return unto our houses, until the children of Israel have inherited every man his inheritance:

18: не возвратимся в домы наши, доколе не вступят сыны Израилевы каждый в удел свой;
32:18
οὐ ου not
μὴ μη not
ἀποστραφῶμεν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
οἰκίας οικια house; household
ἡμῶν ημων our
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
καταμερισθῶσιν καταμεριζω the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:18
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
נָשׁ֖וּב nāšˌûv שׁוב return
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
בָּתֵּ֑ינוּ bāttˈênû בַּיִת house
עַ֗ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto
הִתְנַחֵל֙ hiṯnaḥˌēl נחל take possession
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
נַחֲלָתֹֽו׃ naḥᵃlāṯˈô נַחֲלָה heritage
32:18. non revertemur in domos nostras usquequo possideant filii Israhel hereditatem suam
We will not return into our houses until the children of Israel possess their inheritance:
32:18. We will not return to our houses, even until the sons of Israel may possess their inheritance.
32:18. We will not return unto our houses, until the children of Israel have inherited every man his inheritance.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:18: Jos 22:4, Jos 22:5
John Gill
32:18 We will not return unto our houses,.... In the cities built or repaired by them, or to their families, and their substance, their flocks and their herds; all which they should leave behind them, and never think of returning to them:
until the children of Israel have inherited every man his inheritance; until all the tribes were settled in their respective places, and every family and everyone in them had their portion assigned them; and accordingly they did not return until the land was wholly subdued, nor even until every lot came up, and the land was divided by it, and the inheritance of the several tribes fixed, and even the cities of the Levites assigned to them out of the several tribes; see Josh 22:1.
32:1932:19: Եւ ո՛չ եւս ժառանգեսցուք ՚ի մէջ նոցա յանցի՛ցն Յորդանանու եւ անդր. զի ունիմք զվիճակս մեր յա՛յս կոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից[1550]։ [1550] Ոմանք. ՚Ի միջի նոցա յանցիցն յոր՛՛։
19 Մենք ակնկալութիւն չունենք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում եւ աւելի հեռու տեղերում միւս իսրայէլացիների հետ բաժին ստանալու, որովհետեւ մենք մեր բաժինն ստացել ենք Յորդանան գետի այս կողմում՝ արեւելքում»:
19 Քանզի մենք Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը անոնց հետ ժառանգութիւն պիտի չառնենք. վասն զի մեր ժառանգութիւնը Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը՝ դէպի արեւելք ինկած է»։
Եւ ոչ եւս ժառանգեսցուք ի մէջ նոցա յանցիցն Յորդանանու եւ անդր. զի ունիմք զվիճակս մեր յայսկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից:

32:19: Եւ ո՛չ եւս ժառանգեսցուք ՚ի մէջ նոցա յանցի՛ցն Յորդանանու եւ անդր. զի ունիմք զվիճակս մեր յա՛յս կոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից[1550]։
[1550] Ոմանք. ՚Ի միջի նոցա յանցիցն յոր՛՛։
19 Մենք ակնկալութիւն չունենք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում եւ աւելի հեռու տեղերում միւս իսրայէլացիների հետ բաժին ստանալու, որովհետեւ մենք մեր բաժինն ստացել ենք Յորդանան գետի այս կողմում՝ արեւելքում»:
19 Քանզի մենք Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը անոնց հետ ժառանգութիւն պիտի չառնենք. վասն զի մեր ժառանգութիւնը Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը՝ դէպի արեւելք ինկած է»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1919: ибо мы не возьмем с ними удела по ту сторону Иордана и далее, если удел нам достанется по эту сторону Иордана, к востоку.
32:19 καὶ και and; even οὐκέτι ουκετι no longer κληρονομήσωμεν κληρονομεω inherit; heir ἐν εν in αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis καὶ και and; even ἐπέκεινα επεκεινα beyond ὅτι οτι since; that ἀπέχομεν αντεχω hold close / onto; reach τοὺς ο the κλήρους κληρος lot; allotment ἡμῶν ημων our ἐν εν in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἐν εν in ἀνατολαῖς ανατολη springing up; east
32:19 כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not נִנְחַל֙ ninḥˌal נחל take possession אִתָּ֔ם ʔittˈām אֵת together with מֵ mē מִן from עֵ֥בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite לַ la לְ to † הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וָ wā וְ and הָ֑לְאָה hˈālᵊʔā הָלְאָה further כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that בָ֤אָה vˈāʔā בוא come נַחֲלָתֵ֨נוּ֙ naḥᵃlāṯˈēnû נַחֲלָה heritage אֵלֵ֔ינוּ ʔēlˈênû אֶל to מֵ mē מִן from עֵ֥בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan מִזְרָֽחָה׃ פ mizrˈāḥā . f מִזְרָח sunrise
32:19. nec quicquam quaeremus trans Iordanem quia iam habemus possessionem nostram in orientali eius plagaNeither will we seek any thing beyond the Jordan, because we have already our possession on the east side thereof,
19. For we will not inherit with them on the other side Jordan, and forward; because our inheritance is fallen to us on this side Jordan eastward.
32:19. Neither will we seek anything across the Jordan, because we already have our possession on its eastern side.”
32:19. For we will not inherit with them on yonder side Jordan, or forward; because our inheritance is fallen to us on this side Jordan eastward.
For we will not inherit with them on yonder side Jordan, or forward; because our inheritance is fallen to us on this side Jordan eastward:

19: ибо мы не возьмем с ними удела по ту сторону Иордана и далее, если удел нам достанется по эту сторону Иордана, к востоку.
32:19
καὶ και and; even
οὐκέτι ουκετι no longer
κληρονομήσωμεν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
ἐν εν in
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
καὶ και and; even
ἐπέκεινα επεκεινα beyond
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἀπέχομεν αντεχω hold close / onto; reach
τοὺς ο the
κλήρους κληρος lot; allotment
ἡμῶν ημων our
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἐν εν in
ἀνατολαῖς ανατολη springing up; east
32:19
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
נִנְחַל֙ ninḥˌal נחל take possession
אִתָּ֔ם ʔittˈām אֵת together with
מֵ מִן from
עֵ֥בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וָ וְ and
הָ֑לְאָה hˈālᵊʔā הָלְאָה further
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
בָ֤אָה vˈāʔā בוא come
נַחֲלָתֵ֨נוּ֙ naḥᵃlāṯˈēnû נַחֲלָה heritage
אֵלֵ֔ינוּ ʔēlˈênû אֶל to
מֵ מִן from
עֵ֥בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
מִזְרָֽחָה׃ פ mizrˈāḥā . f מִזְרָח sunrise
32:19. nec quicquam quaeremus trans Iordanem quia iam habemus possessionem nostram in orientali eius plaga
Neither will we seek any thing beyond the Jordan, because we have already our possession on the east side thereof,
32:19. Neither will we seek anything across the Jordan, because we already have our possession on its eastern side.”
32:19. For we will not inherit with them on yonder side Jordan, or forward; because our inheritance is fallen to us on this side Jordan eastward.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:19: we will: Gen 13:10-12, Gen 14:12; Kg2 10:32, Kg2 10:33, Kg2 15:29; Ch1 5:25, Ch1 5:26; Pro 20:21
because: Num 32:33; Jos 12:1-6, Jos 13:8
on this side: Num 32:32, Num 34:15; Jos 1:14, Jos 1:15
John Gill
32:19 For we will not inherit with them on yonder side Jordan, or forward,.... This they said, not as being determined whether Moses and the princes were willing or not to stay where they were, and not pass over Jordan to inherit any part there, and much less as despising the good land, but as giving up all pretensions to it, should they be settled where they desired; they were not of that selfish and covetous disposition as to desire any part on the other side Jordan, if it was but granted them to continue on this side, and possess the land they requested:
because our inheritance is fallen to us on this side Jordan eastward; they seem to speak as if they were assured of it, and that it was so ordered by divine Providence, and wanted nothing but the consent of Moses, and the princes of the congregation.
32:2032:20: Եւ ասէ ցնոսա Մովսէս. Եթէ առնիցէ՛ք ըստ բանիդ ըստ այդմիկ. եթէ վառիցիք առաջի Տեառն ՚ի պատերազմ[1551]. [1551] Ոմանք. Եթէ արասցէք ըստ բա՛՛։
20 Մովսէսն ասաց նրանց. «Եթէ անէք այնպէս, ինչպէս ասում էք, այսինքն՝ Տիրոջ հրամանով պատերազմի համար զինուէք,
20 Մովսէս ըսաւ անոնց. «Եթէ այսպէս ընէք ու Տէրոջը առջեւ պատերազմի համար վրանիդ զէնք առնէք
Եւ ասէ ցնոսա Մովսէս. Եթէ առնիցէք ըստ բանիդ ըստ այդմիկ, եթէ վառիցիք առաջի Տեառն ի պատերազմ:

32:20: Եւ ասէ ցնոսա Մովսէս. Եթէ առնիցէ՛ք ըստ բանիդ ըստ այդմիկ. եթէ վառիցիք առաջի Տեառն ՚ի պատերազմ[1551].
[1551] Ոմանք. Եթէ արասցէք ըստ բա՛՛։
20 Մովսէսն ասաց նրանց. «Եթէ անէք այնպէս, ինչպէս ասում էք, այսինքն՝ Տիրոջ հրամանով պատերազմի համար զինուէք,
20 Մովսէս ըսաւ անոնց. «Եթէ այսպէս ընէք ու Տէրոջը առջեւ պատերազմի համար վրանիդ զէնք առնէք
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2020: И сказал им Моисей: если вы это сделаете, если вооруженные пойдете на войну пред Господом,
32:20 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἐὰν εαν and if; unless ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make κατὰ κατα down; by τὸ ο the ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase τοῦτο ουτος this; he ἐὰν εαν and if; unless ἐξοπλίσησθε ενοπλιζω next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master εἰς εις into; for πόλεμον πολεμος battle
32:20 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say אֲלֵיהֶם֙ ʔᵃlêhˌem אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אִֽם־ ʔˈim- אִם if תַּעֲשׂ֖וּן taʕᵃśˌûn עשׂה make אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the דָּבָ֣ר ddāvˈār דָּבָר word הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this אִם־ ʔim- אִם if תֵּחָֽלְצ֛וּ tēḥˈālᵊṣˈû חלץ draw off לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לַ la לְ to † הַ the מִּלְחָמָֽה׃ mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
32:20. quibus Moses ait si facitis quod promittitis expediti pergite coram Domino ad pugnamAnd Moses said to them: If you do what you promise, go on well appointed for war before the Lord:
20. And Moses said unto them, If ye will do this thing; If ye will arm yourselves to go before the LORD to the war,
32:20. And Moses said to them: “If you accomplish what you have promised, you may go out, equipped for battle, before the Lord.
32:20. And Moses said unto them, If ye will do this thing, if ye will go armed before the LORD to war,
And Moses said unto them, If ye will do this thing, if ye will go armed before the LORD to war:

20: И сказал им Моисей: если вы это сделаете, если вооруженные пойдете на войну пред Господом,
32:20
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὸ ο the
ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
ἐξοπλίσησθε ενοπλιζω next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
εἰς εις into; for
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
32:20
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
אֲלֵיהֶם֙ ʔᵃlêhˌem אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אִֽם־ ʔˈim- אִם if
תַּעֲשׂ֖וּן taʕᵃśˌûn עשׂה make
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
דָּבָ֣ר ddāvˈār דָּבָר word
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
תֵּחָֽלְצ֛וּ tēḥˈālᵊṣˈû חלץ draw off
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מִּלְחָמָֽה׃ mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
32:20. quibus Moses ait si facitis quod promittitis expediti pergite coram Domino ad pugnam
And Moses said to them: If you do what you promise, go on well appointed for war before the Lord:
32:20. And Moses said to them: “If you accomplish what you have promised, you may go out, equipped for battle, before the Lord.
32:20. And Moses said unto them, If ye will do this thing, if ye will go armed before the LORD to war,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:20: Deu 3:18-20; Jos 1:13-15, Jos 4:12, Jos 4:13, Jos 22:2-4
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:20
Upon this declaration Moses absolves them from all guilt, and promises them the desired land for a possession, on condition that they fulfil their promise; but he reminds them again of the sin that they will commit, and will have to atone for, if their promise is not fulfilled, and closes with the admonition to build towns for their families and pens for their flocks, and to do what they have promised. Upon this they promise again (Num 32:25-27), through their spokesman (as the singular ויּאמר in Num 32:25, and the suffix in אדני in Num 32:27, clearly show), that they will fulfil his command. The use of the expression "before Jehovah," in the words, "go armed before Jehovah to war," in Num 32:20 and Num 32:21, may be explained from the fact, that in the war which they waged at the command of their God, the Israelites were the army of Jehovah, with Jehovah in the midst. Hence the ark of the covenant was taken into the war, as the vehicle and substratum of the presence of Jehovah; whereas it remained behind in the camp, when the people wanted to press forward into Canaan of their own accord (Num 14:44). But if this is the meaning of the expression "before Jehovah," we may easily understand why the Reubenites and Gadites do not make use of it in Num 32:17, namely, because they only promise to go equipped "before the children of Israel," i.e., to help their brethren to conquer Canaan. In Num 32:32 they also adopt the expression, after hearing it from the mouth of Moses (Num 32:20).
(Note: This completely sets aside the supposed discrepancy which Knobel adduces in support of his fragmentary hypothesis, viz., that the Elohist writes "before Israel" in Num 32:17 and Num 32:29, when the Jehovist would write "before Jehovah," - a statement which is not even correct; since we find "before Jehovah" in Num 32:29, which Knobel is obliged to erase from the text in order to establish his assertion.)
נקיּים, innocent, "free from guilt before Jehovah and before Israel." By drawing back from participation in the war against the Canaanites, they would not only sin against Jehovah, who had promised Canaan to all Israel, and commanded them to take it, but also against Israel itself, i.e., against the rest of the tribes, as is more fully stated in Num 32:7-15. In Num 32:22, "before Jehovah" signifies according to the judgment of Jehovah, with divine approval. חטּאתכם וּדעוּ, "ye will know your sin," which will overtake (מצא) or smite you, i.e., ye will have to make atonement for them.
Geneva 1599
32:20 And Moses said unto them, If ye will do this thing, if ye will go (f) armed before the LORD to war,
(f) Before the Ark of the Lord.
John Gill
32:20 And Moses said unto them,.... Being better disposed towards them, and more satisfied with the reasonableness of their request, it being explained unto him:
if ye will do this thing; which they had promised:
if ye will go armed before the Lord to war; they had said they would go ready armed before the children of Israel, but Moses expresses it "before the Lord"; which is more agreeable to their encampment and order in marching, for not the standard of Reuben but that of Judah went foremost, yet the standard of Reuben marched directly before the sanctuary bore by the Kohathites, Num 10:18, and so might be properly said to go before the Lord, who dwelt there.
John Wesley
32:20 Before the Lord - Before the ark, which was the token of God's presence. He alludes either to the order of the tribes in their march, whereby Reuben and Gad marched immediately before the ark, or to the manner of their passage over Jordan, wherein the ark went first into Jordan, and stood there while all the tribes marched over Jordan by and before it, and these amongst the rest, as is expressly noted in these very words, that they passed over before the Lord, Josh 4:13.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:20 Moses said unto them, If ye will do this thing--with sincerity and zeal.
go before the Lord to war--The phrase was used in allusion to the order of march in which the tribes of Reuben and Gad immediately preceded the ark (see on Num. 2:10-31), or to the passage over the Jordan, in which the ark stood in mid-channel, while all the tribes marched by in succession (Josh 3:4), of course including those of Reuben and Gad, so that, literally, they passed over before the Lord and before the rest of Israel (Josh 4:13). Perhaps, however, the phrase is used merely in a general sense to denote their marching on an expedition, the purpose of which was blessed with the presence, and destined to promote the glory, of God. The displeasure which Moses had felt on the first mention of their proposal had disappeared on the strength of their solemn assurances. But a lurking suspicion of their motives seems still to have been lingering in his mind--he continued to speak to them in an admonitory strain; and he concluded by warning them that in case of their failing to redeem their pledge, the judgments of an offended God would assuredly fall upon them. This emphatic caution against such an eventuality throws a strong doubt on the honesty of their first intentions; and yet, whether through the opposing attitude or the strong invectives of Moses they had been brought to a better state of mind, their final reply showed that now all was right.
32:2132:21: եւ անցցէ՛ ձեր ամենայն վառեալ ընդ Յորդանան առաջի Տեառն, մինչեւ սատակիցի թշնամին նորա առաջի նորա[1552], [1552] Օրինակ մի. Թշնամին նորա յերեսաց նորա։
21 ձեր բոլոր ռազմիկները Տիրոջ կարգադրութեան համաձայն անցնեն Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը, մասնակցեն պատերազմին, մինչեւ Տիրոջ առջեւ ոչնչանայ նրա թշնամին,
21 Եւ Տէրոջը առջեւ դուք ամէնքդ ալ զէնքերով Յորդանանէն անցնիք, մինչեւ որ անիկա իր թշնամիները իր առջեւէն վռնտէ,
եւ անցցէ ձեր ամենայն վառեալ ընդ Յորդանան առաջի Տեառն, մինչեւ սատակիցի թշնամին նորա առաջի նորա:

32:21: եւ անցցէ՛ ձեր ամենայն վառեալ ընդ Յորդանան առաջի Տեառն, մինչեւ սատակիցի թշնամին նորա առաջի նորա[1552],
[1552] Օրինակ մի. Թշնամին նորա յերեսաց նորա։
21 ձեր բոլոր ռազմիկները Տիրոջ կարգադրութեան համաձայն անցնեն Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը, մասնակցեն պատերազմին, մինչեւ Տիրոջ առջեւ ոչնչանայ նրա թշնամին,
21 Եւ Տէրոջը առջեւ դուք ամէնքդ ալ զէնքերով Յորդանանէն անցնիք, մինչեւ որ անիկա իր թշնամիները իր առջեւէն վռնտէ,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2121: и пойдет каждый из вас вооруженный за Иордан пред Господом, доколе не истребит Он врагов Своих пред Собою,
32:21 καὶ και and; even παρελεύσεται παρερχομαι pass; transgress ὑμῶν υμων your πᾶς πας all; every ὁπλίτης οπλιτης the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever ἐκτριβῇ εκτριβω the ἐχθρὸς εχθρος hostile; enemy αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:21 וְ wᵊ וְ and עָבַ֨ר ʕāvˌar עבר pass לָכֶ֧ם lāḵˈem לְ to כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole חָל֛וּץ ḥālˈûṣ חלץ draw off אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֣י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH עַ֧ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto הֹורִישֹׁ֛ו hôrîšˈô ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֹיְבָ֖יו ʔōyᵊvˌāʸw איב be hostile מִ mi מִן from פָּנָֽיו׃ ppānˈāʸw פָּנֶה face
32:21. et omnis vir bellator armatus Iordanem transeat donec subvertat Dominus inimicos suosAnd let every fighting man pass over the Jordan, until the Lord overthrow his enemies:
21. and every armed man of you will pass over Jordan before the LORD, until he hath driven out his enemies from before him,
32:21. And let every fighting man cross over the Jordan, until the Lord overthrows his enemies,
32:21. And will go all of you armed over Jordan before the LORD, until he hath driven out his enemies from before him,
And will go all of you armed over Jordan before the LORD, until he hath driven out his enemies from before him:

21: и пойдет каждый из вас вооруженный за Иордан пред Господом, доколе не истребит Он врагов Своих пред Собою,
32:21
καὶ και and; even
παρελεύσεται παρερχομαι pass; transgress
ὑμῶν υμων your
πᾶς πας all; every
ὁπλίτης οπλιτης the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
ἐκτριβῇ εκτριβω the
ἐχθρὸς εχθρος hostile; enemy
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:21
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָבַ֨ר ʕāvˌar עבר pass
לָכֶ֧ם lāḵˈem לְ to
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
חָל֛וּץ ḥālˈûṣ חלץ draw off
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֣י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
עַ֧ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto
הֹורִישֹׁ֛ו hôrîšˈô ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֹיְבָ֖יו ʔōyᵊvˌāʸw איב be hostile
מִ mi מִן from
פָּנָֽיו׃ ppānˈāʸw פָּנֶה face
32:21. et omnis vir bellator armatus Iordanem transeat donec subvertat Dominus inimicos suos
And let every fighting man pass over the Jordan, until the Lord overthrow his enemies:
32:21. And let every fighting man cross over the Jordan, until the Lord overthrows his enemies,
32:21. And will go all of you armed over Jordan before the LORD, until he hath driven out his enemies from before him,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ all ▾
Geneva 1599
32:21 And will go all of you armed over Jordan before the LORD, until he hath driven out his (g) enemies from before him,
(g) That is, the inhabitants of the land.
John Gill
32:21 And will go all of you armed over Jordan before the Lord,.... Moses tries them thoroughly, and is very express in his words, requiring them not only to go armed, or march from the place where they were, towards the land of Canaan, but to go over Jordan, and not some of them only, but all, and that before the Lord; though indeed, when the tribes came to the river Jordan, the ark, which was the symbol of the divine Presence, went before all the tribes into it, and there stayed till they passed over, and then these two tribes and the half tribe of Manasseh passed before the children of Israel, and before the Lord, unto battle, Josh 3:11.
until he hath driven out his enemies before him: the Canaanites, who were the enemies of the Lord, as well as of his people; and because of their sins, in which they showed their enmity to God, the land spewed them out, and he drove them out to make way for his people Israel, and till this was done the tribes of Reuben and Gad were to continue with them.
32:2232:22: եւ նուաճեսցի երկիրն առաջի Տեառն, եւ ապա՛ դառնայցէք, քաւեա՛լ լիջիք առաջի Տեառն եւ յԻսրայէլէ. եւ եղիցի երկիրս այս ձեզ ՚ի կալուա՛ծ առաջի Տեառն։
22 եւ երկիրը նուաճուի ըստ Տիրոջ ցանկութեան, ապա կը վերադառնաք, Տիրոջ ու իսրայէլացիների առջեւ անպարտ կը լինէք, եւ այս երկիրը Տիրոջ առաջ ձեր կալուածքը կը լինի:
22 Եւ այն երկիրը Տէրոջմէ նուաճուի, անկէ յետոյ երբ ետ դառնաք, Տէրոջը առջեւ ու Իսրայէլի առջեւ անմեղ կ’ըլլաք. այն ատեն այս երկիրը Տէրոջը առջեւ ձեզի կալուածք պիտի ըլլայ։
եւ նուաճեսցի երկիրն առաջի Տեառն, եւ ապա դառնայցէք, քաւեալ լիջիք առաջի Տեառն եւ յԻսրայելէ. եւ եղիցի երկիրս այս ձեզ ի կալուած առաջի Տեառն:

32:22: եւ նուաճեսցի երկիրն առաջի Տեառն, եւ ապա՛ դառնայցէք, քաւեա՛լ լիջիք առաջի Տեառն եւ յԻսրայէլէ. եւ եղիցի երկիրս այս ձեզ ՚ի կալուա՛ծ առաջի Տեառն։
22 եւ երկիրը նուաճուի ըստ Տիրոջ ցանկութեան, ապա կը վերադառնաք, Տիրոջ ու իսրայէլացիների առջեւ անպարտ կը լինէք, եւ այս երկիրը Տիրոջ առաջ ձեր կալուածքը կը լինի:
22 Եւ այն երկիրը Տէրոջմէ նուաճուի, անկէ յետոյ երբ ետ դառնաք, Տէրոջը առջեւ ու Իսրայէլի առջեւ անմեղ կ’ըլլաք. այն ատեն այս երկիրը Տէրոջը առջեւ ձեզի կալուածք պիտի ըլլայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2222: и покорена будет земля пред Господом, то после возвратитесь и будете неповинны пред Господом и пред Израилем, и будет земля сия у вас во владении пред Господом;
32:22 καὶ και and; even κατακυριευθῇ κατακυριευω lord it over; master ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even μετὰ μετα with; amid ταῦτα ουτος this; he ἀποστραφήσεσθε αποστρεφω turn away; alienate καὶ και and; even ἔσεσθε ειμι be ἀθῷοι αθωος guiltless ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land αὕτη ουτος this; he ὑμῖν υμιν you ἐν εν in κατασχέσει κατασχεσις holding ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master
32:22 וְ wᵊ וְ and נִכְבְּשָׁ֨ה niḵbᵊšˌā כבשׁ subdue הָ hā הַ the אָ֜רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֤י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and אַחַ֣ר ʔaḥˈar אַחַר after תָּשֻׁ֔בוּ tāšˈuvû שׁוב return וִ wi וְ and הְיִיתֶ֧ם hᵊyîṯˈem היה be נְקִיִּ֛ים nᵊqiyyˈîm נָקִי innocent מֵ mē מִן from יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH וּ û וְ and מִ mi מִן from יִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yyiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and הָיְתָה hāyᵊṯˌā היה be הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֥את zzˌōṯ זֹאת this לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to לַ la לְ to אֲחֻזָּ֖ה ʔᵃḥuzzˌā אֲחֻזָּה land property לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:22. et subiciatur ei omnis terra tunc eritis inculpabiles et apud Dominum et apud Israhel et obtinebitis regiones quas vultis coram DominoAnd all the land be brought under him, then shall you be blameless before the Lord and before Israel, and you shall obtain the countries that you desire, before the Lord.
22. and the land be subdued before the LORD: then afterward ye shall return, and be guiltless towards the LORD, and towards Israel; and this land shall be unto you for a possession before the LORD.
32:22. and all the land is subjected to him. Then you will be guiltless with the Lord and with Israel, and you will obtain the regions which you desire before the Lord.
32:22. And the land be subdued before the LORD: then afterward ye shall return, and be guiltless before the LORD, and before Israel; and this land shall be your possession before the LORD.
And the land be subdued before the LORD: then afterward ye shall return, and be guiltless before the LORD, and before Israel; and this land shall be your possession before the LORD:

22: и покорена будет земля пред Господом, то после возвратитесь и будете неповинны пред Господом и пред Израилем, и будет земля сия у вас во владении пред Господом;
32:22
καὶ και and; even
κατακυριευθῇ κατακυριευω lord it over; master
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
μετὰ μετα with; amid
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
ἀποστραφήσεσθε αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
καὶ και and; even
ἔσεσθε ειμι be
ἀθῷοι αθωος guiltless
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἐν εν in
κατασχέσει κατασχεσις holding
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
32:22
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִכְבְּשָׁ֨ה niḵbᵊšˌā כבשׁ subdue
הָ הַ the
אָ֜רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֤י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַחַ֣ר ʔaḥˈar אַחַר after
תָּשֻׁ֔בוּ tāšˈuvû שׁוב return
וִ wi וְ and
הְיִיתֶ֧ם hᵊyîṯˈem היה be
נְקִיִּ֛ים nᵊqiyyˈîm נָקִי innocent
מֵ מִן from
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וּ û וְ and
מִ mi מִן from
יִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yyiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and
הָיְתָה hāyᵊṯˌā היה be
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֥את zzˌōṯ זֹאת this
לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to
לַ la לְ to
אֲחֻזָּ֖ה ʔᵃḥuzzˌā אֲחֻזָּה land property
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:22. et subiciatur ei omnis terra tunc eritis inculpabiles et apud Dominum et apud Israhel et obtinebitis regiones quas vultis coram Domino
And all the land be brought under him, then shall you be blameless before the Lord and before Israel, and you shall obtain the countries that you desire, before the Lord.
32:22. and all the land is subjected to him. Then you will be guiltless with the Lord and with Israel, and you will obtain the regions which you desire before the Lord.
32:22. And the land be subdued before the LORD: then afterward ye shall return, and be guiltless before the LORD, and before Israel; and this land shall be your possession before the LORD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:22: land: Deu 3:20; Jos 10:30, Jos 10:42, Jos 11:23, Jos 18:1; Psa 44:1-4, Psa 78:55
ye shall: Jos 22:4, Jos 22:9
be guiltless: Jos 2:19; Sa2 3:28
this land: Deu 3:12-18; Jos 1:15, Jos 13:8, Jos 13:29-32, Jos 22:9
Geneva 1599
32:22 And the land be subdued before the LORD: then afterward ye shall return, and be guiltless before the LORD, and before Israel; and this land shall be your possession (h) before the LORD.
(h) The Lord will grant you this land which you request, (Josh 1:15).
John Gill
32:22 And the land be subdued before the Lord,.... For the inhabitants fleeing before his people, and being conquered by them, might be said to be subdued before the Lord, this being done in his presence, by his power, and for his people:
then afterward ye shall return: to this side of Jordan, the land of Jazer and Gilead, to their cities, and families there:
and be guiltless before the Lord, and before Israel: having fulfilled all that they promised:
and this land shall be your possession before the Lord; be established and settled in it as their inheritance, the Lord seeing and approving of it, and protecting them in the enjoyment of it.
John Wesley
32:22 Before the Lord - By his presence and gracious and powerful assistance.
32:2332:23: Ապա թէ ո՛չ առնիցէք այդպէս, յանցաւո՛ր գտանիցիք առաջի Տեառն. եւ ծանիջի՛ք զմեղս ձեր՝ յորժամ հասանիցեն ձեզ չարիք[1553]։ [1553] Ոմանք. Առնիցէք այնպէս. յանցաւոր գտանիջիք։ Ուր Ոսկան յաւելու. Առաջի Տեառն. եւ ծանիջիք Տեառն. եւ ծանիջիք զմեղս։
23 Իսկ եթէ այդպէս չվարուէք, մեղաւոր կը համարուէք Տիրոջ առջեւ եւ ձեր մեղքերը կը ճանաչէք, երբ չարիքը հասնի ձեզ:
23 Բայց եթէ այսպէս չընէք, ահա Տէրոջը դէմ մեղք գործած պիտի ըլլաք ու գիտցէք թէ ձեր մեղքը ձեզ պիտի գտնէ։
Ապա թէ ոչ առնիցէք այդպէս, յանցաւոր գտանիցիք առաջի Տեառն. եւ [519]ծանիջիք զմեղս ձեր, յորժամ հասանիցեն ձեզ չարիք:

32:23: Ապա թէ ո՛չ առնիցէք այդպէս, յանցաւո՛ր գտանիցիք առաջի Տեառն. եւ ծանիջի՛ք զմեղս ձեր՝ յորժամ հասանիցեն ձեզ չարիք[1553]։
[1553] Ոմանք. Առնիցէք այնպէս. յանցաւոր գտանիջիք։ Ուր Ոսկան յաւելու. Առաջի Տեառն. եւ ծանիջիք Տեառն. եւ ծանիջիք զմեղս։
23 Իսկ եթէ այդպէս չվարուէք, մեղաւոր կը համարուէք Տիրոջ առջեւ եւ ձեր մեղքերը կը ճանաչէք, երբ չարիքը հասնի ձեզ:
23 Բայց եթէ այսպէս չընէք, ահա Տէրոջը դէմ մեղք գործած պիտի ըլլաք ու գիտցէք թէ ձեր մեղքը ձեզ պիտի գտնէ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2323: если же не сделаете так, то согрешите пред Господом, и испытаете [наказание] за грех ваш, которое постигнет вас;
32:23 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while μὴ μη not ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make οὕτως ουτως so; this way ἁμαρτήσεσθε αμαρτανω sin ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even γνώσεσθε γινωσκω know τὴν ο the ἁμαρτίαν αμαρτια sin; fault ὑμῶν υμων your ὅταν οταν when; once ὑμᾶς υμας you καταλάβῃ καταλαμβανω apprehend τὰ ο the κακά κακος bad; ugly
32:23 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not תַעֲשׂוּן֙ ṯaʕᵃśûn עשׂה make כֵּ֔ן kˈēn כֵּן thus הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold חֲטָאתֶ֖ם ḥᵃṭāṯˌem חטא miss לַ la לְ to יהוָ֑ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וּ û וְ and דְעוּ֙ ḏᵊʕˌû ידע know חַטַּאתְכֶ֔ם ḥaṭṭaṯᵊḵˈem חַטָּאת sin אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּמְצָ֖א timṣˌā מצא find אֶתְכֶֽם׃ ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
32:23. sin autem quod dicitis non feceritis nulli dubium quin peccetis in Dominum et scitote quoniam peccatum vestrum adprehendet vosBut if you do not what you say, no man can doubt but you sin against God: and know ye, that your sin shall overtake you.
23. But if ye will not do so, behold, ye have sinned against the LORD: and be sure your sin will find you out.
32:23. But if you do not do what you have said, no one could doubt that you will have sinned against God. And know this: your sin shall overtake you.
32:23. But if ye will not do so, behold, ye have sinned against the LORD: and be sure your sin will find you out.
But if ye will not do so, behold, ye have sinned against the LORD: and be sure your sin will find you out:

23: если же не сделаете так, то согрешите пред Господом, и испытаете [наказание] за грех ваш, которое постигнет вас;
32:23
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
μὴ μη not
ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ἁμαρτήσεσθε αμαρτανω sin
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
γνώσεσθε γινωσκω know
τὴν ο the
ἁμαρτίαν αμαρτια sin; fault
ὑμῶν υμων your
ὅταν οταν when; once
ὑμᾶς υμας you
καταλάβῃ καταλαμβανω apprehend
τὰ ο the
κακά κακος bad; ugly
32:23
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
תַעֲשׂוּן֙ ṯaʕᵃśûn עשׂה make
כֵּ֔ן kˈēn כֵּן thus
הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold
חֲטָאתֶ֖ם ḥᵃṭāṯˌem חטא miss
לַ la לְ to
יהוָ֑ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וּ û וְ and
דְעוּ֙ ḏᵊʕˌû ידע know
חַטַּאתְכֶ֔ם ḥaṭṭaṯᵊḵˈem חַטָּאת sin
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּמְצָ֖א timṣˌā מצא find
אֶתְכֶֽם׃ ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
32:23. sin autem quod dicitis non feceritis nulli dubium quin peccetis in Dominum et scitote quoniam peccatum vestrum adprehendet vos
But if you do not what you say, no man can doubt but you sin against God: and know ye, that your sin shall overtake you.
32:23. But if you do not do what you have said, no one could doubt that you will have sinned against God. And know this: your sin shall overtake you.
32:23. But if ye will not do so, behold, ye have sinned against the LORD: and be sure your sin will find you out.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:23: Be sure your sin will find you out - literally, "know ye your sin that it will find you out." Moses implies that their sin would eventually bring its own punishment along with it.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:23: if ye will: Lev. 26:14-46; Deut. 28:15-68
be sure your sin: If the persons concerned pRev_aricated, and so imposed on men, or if they afterwards refused to fulfil their engagement, God would most certainly detect and expose their wickedness, and inflict condign punishment upon them. Of all the ways, says Dr. South, to be taken for the pRev_ention of that great plague of mankind, Sin, there is none so rational and efficacious as to confute and baffle those motives by which men are induced to embrace it; and among all such motives, the heart of man seems to be chiefly overpowered and pRev_ailed upon by two, viz. secrecy in committing sin, and impunity with respect to its consequences. Accordingly, Moses, in this chapter, having to deal with a company of men suspected of a base and fraudulent design, though couched under a very fair pretence, as most such designs are, endeavours to quash it in its very conception, by secretly applying himself to encounter those secret motives and arguments, which he knew were the most likely to encourage them in it. And this he does very briefly, but effectually, by assuring them, that how covertly and artificially soever they might carry on their dark project, yet their sin would infallibly find them out. Though the subject and occasion of these words are indeed particular, yet the design of them is manifestly of an universal import, as reaching the case of all transgressors, in their first entrance on any sinful act or course. Gen 4:7, Gen 44:16; Psa 90:8, Psa 139:11, Psa 140:11; Pro 13:21; Isa 3:11; Isa 59:1, Isa 59:2, Isa 59:12; Rom 2:9; Co1 4:5
Geneva 1599
32:23 But if ye will not do so, behold, ye have sinned against the LORD: and be sure your sin (i) will find you out.
(i) You shall assuredly be punished for your sin.
John Gill
32:23 But if ye will not do so,.... As they promised they would, and Moses insisted on it that they should:
behold, ye have sinned against the Lord making such a request, and not fulfilling the conditions on which it was granted:
and be sure your sin will find you out; fly in their faces, accuse them in their consciences, charge and load them with guilt, and bring deserved punishment upon them: sin may be put, as it often is, for the punishment of sin, which sooner or later will find out and come upon the impenitent and unpardoned sinner.
John Wesley
32:23 Your sin - The punishment of your sin. Sin will certainly find out the sinner sooner or later. It concerns us therefore to find our sins out, that we may repent of them and forsake them, lest our sins find us out, to our confusion and destruction.
32:2432:24: Եւ շինեսջիք դուք ձեզ քաղա՛քս աղխին ձերոյ, եւ դադա՛րս խաշանց ձերոց. եւ որ ինչ ե՛լ ՚ի բերանոյ ձերմէ առնիցէ՛ք։
24 Արդ, դուք քաղաքներ շինեցէ՛ք ձեր մարդկանց համար եւ գոմեր՝ ձեր անասունների համար, եւ ինչ որ դուրս է եկել ձեր բերանից, կատարեցէ՛ք»:
24 Արդ ձեր ընտանիքներուն համար քաղաքներ ու ձեր հօտերուն համար փարախներ շինեցէք, բայց ձեր խոստումը կատարեցէք»։
Եւ շինեսջիք դուք ձեզ քաղաքս աղխին ձերոյ, եւ դադարս խաշանց ձերոց, եւ որ ինչ ել ի բերանոյ ձերմէ` առնիցէք:

32:24: Եւ շինեսջիք դուք ձեզ քաղա՛քս աղխին ձերոյ, եւ դադա՛րս խաշանց ձերոց. եւ որ ինչ ե՛լ ՚ի բերանոյ ձերմէ առնիցէ՛ք։
24 Արդ, դուք քաղաքներ շինեցէ՛ք ձեր մարդկանց համար եւ գոմեր՝ ձեր անասունների համար, եւ ինչ որ դուրս է եկել ձեր բերանից, կատարեցէ՛ք»:
24 Արդ ձեր ընտանիքներուն համար քաղաքներ ու ձեր հօտերուն համար փարախներ շինեցէք, բայց ձեր խոստումը կատարեցէք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2424: стройте себе города для детей ваших и дворы для овец ваших и делайте, что произнесено устами вашими.
32:24 καὶ και and; even οἰκοδομήσετε οικοδομεω build ὑμῖν υμιν you αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him πόλεις πολις city τῇ ο the ἀποσκευῇ αποσκευη your καὶ και and; even ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge τοῖς ο the κτήνεσιν κτηνος livestock; animal ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the ἐκπορευόμενον εκπορευομαι emerge; travel out ἐκ εκ from; out of τοῦ ο the στόματος στομα mouth; edge ὑμῶν υμων your ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make
32:24 בְּנֽוּ־ bᵊnˈû- בנה build לָכֶ֤ם lāḵˈem לְ to עָרִים֙ ʕārîm עִיר town לְ lᵊ לְ to טַפְּכֶ֔ם ṭappᵊḵˈem טַף [those unable to march] וּ û וְ and גְדֵרֹ֖ת ḡᵊḏērˌōṯ גְּדֵרָה heap of stones לְ lᵊ לְ to צֹנַאֲכֶ֑ם ṣōnaʔᵃḵˈem צֹנָא [uncertain] וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the יֹּצֵ֥א yyōṣˌē יצא go out מִ mi מִן from פִּיכֶ֖ם ppîḵˌem פֶּה mouth תַּעֲשֽׂוּ׃ taʕᵃśˈû עשׂה make
32:24. aedificate ergo urbes parvulis vestris et caulas ac stabula ovibus ac iumentis et quod polliciti estis impleteBuild therefore cities for your children, and folds and stalls for your sheep and beasts, and accomplish what you have promised.
24. Build you cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheep; and do that which hath proceeded out of your mouth.
32:24. Therefore, build cities for your little ones, and pens and stables for your sheep and cattle; and fulfill what you have promised.”
32:24. Build you cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheep; and do that which hath proceeded out of your mouth.
Build you cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheep; and do that which hath proceeded out of your mouth:

24: стройте себе города для детей ваших и дворы для овец ваших и делайте, что произнесено устами вашими.
32:24
καὶ και and; even
οἰκοδομήσετε οικοδομεω build
ὑμῖν υμιν you
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
πόλεις πολις city
τῇ ο the
ἀποσκευῇ αποσκευη your
καὶ και and; even
ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge
τοῖς ο the
κτήνεσιν κτηνος livestock; animal
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
ἐκπορευόμενον εκπορευομαι emerge; travel out
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τοῦ ο the
στόματος στομα mouth; edge
ὑμῶν υμων your
ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make
32:24
בְּנֽוּ־ bᵊnˈû- בנה build
לָכֶ֤ם lāḵˈem לְ to
עָרִים֙ ʕārîm עִיר town
לְ lᵊ לְ to
טַפְּכֶ֔ם ṭappᵊḵˈem טַף [those unable to march]
וּ û וְ and
גְדֵרֹ֖ת ḡᵊḏērˌōṯ גְּדֵרָה heap of stones
לְ lᵊ לְ to
צֹנַאֲכֶ֑ם ṣōnaʔᵃḵˈem צֹנָא [uncertain]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּצֵ֥א yyōṣˌē יצא go out
מִ mi מִן from
פִּיכֶ֖ם ppîḵˌem פֶּה mouth
תַּעֲשֽׂוּ׃ taʕᵃśˈû עשׂה make
32:24. aedificate ergo urbes parvulis vestris et caulas ac stabula ovibus ac iumentis et quod polliciti estis implete
Build therefore cities for your children, and folds and stalls for your sheep and beasts, and accomplish what you have promised.
32:24. Therefore, build cities for your little ones, and pens and stables for your sheep and cattle; and fulfill what you have promised.”
32:24. Build you cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheep; and do that which hath proceeded out of your mouth.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:24: Num 32:16, Num 32:34-42
John Gill
32:24 Build ye cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheep,.... For their safety and security, as they proposed to do:
and do that which proceedeth out of your mouth; all that they had promised.
32:2532:25: Եւ խօսեցան որդիքն Ռուբինի եւ որդիքն Գադայ ընդ Մովսիսի՝ եւ ասեն. Արասցե՛ն ծառայք քո՝ որպէս հրամայեաց մեզ տէրդ մեր.
25 Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի մարդիկ, դիմելով Մովսէսին, ասացին. «Մենք՝ քո ծառաները, կը վարուենք այնպէս, ինչպէս դու՝ մեր տէրը, հրամայեցիր մեզ:
25 Եւ Գադին որդիները եւ Ռուբէնին որդիները խօսեցան Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով. «Ծառաներդ մեր տիրոջը պատուիրածին պէս պիտի ընենք։
Եւ խօսեցան որդիքն Ռուբենի եւ որդիքն Գադայ ընդ Մովսիսի եւ ասեն. Արասցեն ծառայք քո որպէս հրամայեաց մեզ տէրդ մեր:

32:25: Եւ խօսեցան որդիքն Ռուբինի եւ որդիքն Գադայ ընդ Մովսիսի՝ եւ ասեն. Արասցե՛ն ծառայք քո՝ որպէս հրամայեաց մեզ տէրդ մեր.
25 Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի մարդիկ, դիմելով Մովսէսին, ասացին. «Մենք՝ քո ծառաները, կը վարուենք այնպէս, ինչպէս դու՝ մեր տէրը, հրամայեցիր մեզ:
25 Եւ Գադին որդիները եւ Ռուբէնին որդիները խօսեցան Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով. «Ծառաներդ մեր տիրոջը պատուիրածին պէս պիտի ընենք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2525: И сказали сыны Гадовы и сыны Рувимовы Моисею: рабы твои сделают, как повелевает господин наш;
32:25 καὶ και and; even εἶπαν επω say; speak οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare οἱ ο the παῖδές παις child; boy σου σου of you; your ποιήσουσιν ποιεω do; make καθὰ καθα just as ὁ ο the κύριος κυριος lord; master ἡμῶν ημων our ἐντέλλεται εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
32:25 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son גָד֙ ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad וּ û וְ and בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son רְאוּבֵ֔ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˈeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant יַעֲשׂ֔וּ yaʕᵃśˈû עשׂה make כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֲדֹנִ֖י ʔᵃḏōnˌî אָדֹון lord מְצַוֶּֽה׃ mᵊṣawwˈeh צוה command
32:25. dixeruntque filii Gad et Ruben ad Mosen servi tui sumus faciemus quod iubet dominus nosterAnd the children of Gad and Ruben said to Moses: We are thy servants, we will do what my lord commandeth.
25. And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben spake unto Moses, saying, Thy servants will do as my lord commandeth.
32:25. And the sons of Gad and of Ruben said to Moses: “We are your servants, we shall do what you, our ruler, orders.
32:25. And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben spake unto Moses, saying, Thy servants will do as my lord commandeth.
And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben spake unto Moses, saying, Thy servants will do as my lord commandeth:

25: И сказали сыны Гадовы и сыны Рувимовы Моисею: рабы твои сделают, как повелевает господин наш;
32:25
καὶ και and; even
εἶπαν επω say; speak
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
οἱ ο the
παῖδές παις child; boy
σου σου of you; your
ποιήσουσιν ποιεω do; make
καθὰ καθα just as
ο the
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἡμῶν ημων our
ἐντέλλεται εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
32:25
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son
גָד֙ ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵ֔ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˈeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant
יַעֲשׂ֔וּ yaʕᵃśˈû עשׂה make
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֲדֹנִ֖י ʔᵃḏōnˌî אָדֹון lord
מְצַוֶּֽה׃ mᵊṣawwˈeh צוה command
32:25. dixeruntque filii Gad et Ruben ad Mosen servi tui sumus faciemus quod iubet dominus noster
And the children of Gad and Ruben said to Moses: We are thy servants, we will do what my lord commandeth.
32:25. And the sons of Gad and of Ruben said to Moses: “We are your servants, we shall do what you, our ruler, orders.
32:25. And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben spake unto Moses, saying, Thy servants will do as my lord commandeth.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:25: Jos 1:13, Jos 1:14
John Gill
32:25 And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben spake unto Moses, saying,.... In answer to his speech:
thy servants will do as my lord commandeth; both with respect to their march before the Lord to battle, and with respect to their provision for their children and flocks.
32:2632:26: աղխ մեր եւ կանայք մեր եւ ամենայն անասուն մեր՝ կացցե՛ն ՚ի քաղաքս Գաղաադու.
26 Մեր երեխաներն ու կանայք, մեր բոլոր անասունները թող մնան Գաղաադի քաղաքներում,
26 Մեր զաւակները, մեր կիները, մեր հօտերն ու մեր բոլոր անասունները հոս Գաղաադի քաղաքներուն մէջ թող մնան.
Աղխ մեր եւ կանայք մեր եւ ամենայն անասուն մեր կացցեն ի քաղաքս Գաղաադու:

32:26: աղխ մեր եւ կանայք մեր եւ ամենայն անասուն մեր՝ կացցե՛ն ՚ի քաղաքս Գաղաադու.
26 Մեր երեխաներն ու կանայք, մեր բոլոր անասունները թող մնան Գաղաադի քաղաքներում,
26 Մեր զաւակները, մեր կիները, մեր հօտերն ու մեր բոլոր անասունները հոս Գաղաադի քաղաքներուն մէջ թող մնան.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2626: дети наши, жены наши, стада наши и весь скот наш останутся тут в городах Галаада,
32:26 ἡ ο the ἀποσκευὴ αποσκευη our καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife ἡμῶν ημων our καὶ και and; even πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal ἡμῶν ημων our ἔσονται ειμι be ἐν εν in ταῖς ο the πόλεσιν πολις city Γαλααδ γαλααδ Galaad; Galaath
32:26 טַפֵּ֣נוּ ṭappˈēnû טַף [those unable to march] נָשֵׁ֔ינוּ nāšˈênû אִשָּׁה woman מִקְנֵ֖נוּ miqnˌēnû מִקְנֶה purchase וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole בְּהֶמְתֵּ֑נוּ bᵊhemtˈēnû בְּהֵמָה cattle יִֽהְיוּ־ yˈihyû- היה be שָׁ֖ם šˌām שָׁם there בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָֽד׃ ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
32:26. parvulos nostros et mulieres et pecora ac iumenta relinquemus in urbibus GalaadWe will leave our children, and our wives and sheep and cattle, in the cities of Galaad:
26. Our little ones, our wives, our flocks, and all our cattle, shall be there in the cities of Gilead:
32:26. We will leave behind our little ones, and our wives, and the sheep and cattle, in the cities of Gilead.
32:26. Our little ones, our wives, our flocks, and all our cattle, shall be there in the cities of Gilead:
Our little ones, our wives, our flocks, and all our cattle, shall be there in the cities of Gilead:

26: дети наши, жены наши, стада наши и весь скот наш останутся тут в городах Галаада,
32:26
ο the
ἀποσκευὴ αποσκευη our
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife
ἡμῶν ημων our
καὶ και and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal
ἡμῶν ημων our
ἔσονται ειμι be
ἐν εν in
ταῖς ο the
πόλεσιν πολις city
Γαλααδ γαλααδ Galaad; Galaath
32:26
טַפֵּ֣נוּ ṭappˈēnû טַף [those unable to march]
נָשֵׁ֔ינוּ nāšˈênû אִשָּׁה woman
מִקְנֵ֖נוּ miqnˌēnû מִקְנֶה purchase
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
בְּהֶמְתֵּ֑נוּ bᵊhemtˈēnû בְּהֵמָה cattle
יִֽהְיוּ־ yˈihyû- היה be
שָׁ֖ם šˌām שָׁם there
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָֽד׃ ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
32:26. parvulos nostros et mulieres et pecora ac iumenta relinquemus in urbibus Galaad
We will leave our children, and our wives and sheep and cattle, in the cities of Galaad:
32:26. We will leave behind our little ones, and our wives, and the sheep and cattle, in the cities of Gilead.
32:26. Our little ones, our wives, our flocks, and all our cattle, shall be there in the cities of Gilead:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
32:26 Our little ones, our wives, our flocks, and all our cattle,.... Their families, and their substance:
shall be there in the cities of Gilead; such as are before mentioned, Num 32:3 and which they proposed to repair and fortify, to preserve their families and possessions from the Amorites about them.
32:2732:27: եւ ծառայք քո անցցե՛ն վառեալք եւ կազմեալք առաջի Տեառն ՚ի պատերազմ, որպէս եւ տէ՛րդ ասէ։
27 իսկ մենք՝ քո ծառայ տղամարդիկդ, զինավառ ու պատրաստ, Տիրոջ առջեւից կ’անցնենք-կը գնանք պատերազմի, ինչպէս դու՝ մեր տէրը, ասում ես»:
27 Բայց ծառաներդ մեր տիրոջը ըսածին պէս՝ ամէնքս ալ գունդ գունդ պիտի պատրաստուինք ու Տէրոջը առջեւէն անցնինք պատերազմի համար»։
Եւ ծառայք քո անցցեն վառեալք եւ կազմեալք առաջի Տեառն ի պատերազմ, որպէս եւ տէրդ ասէ:

32:27: եւ ծառայք քո անցցե՛ն վառեալք եւ կազմեալք առաջի Տեառն ՚ի պատերազմ, որպէս եւ տէ՛րդ ասէ։
27 իսկ մենք՝ քո ծառայ տղամարդիկդ, զինավառ ու պատրաստ, Տիրոջ առջեւից կ’անցնենք-կը գնանք պատերազմի, ինչպէս դու՝ մեր տէրը, ասում ես»:
27 Բայց ծառաներդ մեր տիրոջը ըսածին պէս՝ ամէնքս ալ գունդ գունդ պիտի պատրաստուինք ու Տէրոջը առջեւէն անցնինք պատերազմի համար»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2727: а рабы твои, все, вооружившись, как воины, пойдут пред Господом на войну, как говорит господин наш.
32:27 οἱ ο the δὲ δε though; while παῖδές παις child; boy σου σου of you; your παρελεύσονται παρερχομαι pass; transgress πάντες πας all; every ἐνωπλισμένοι ενοπλιζω and; even ἐκτεταγμένοι εκτασσω next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the πόλεμον πολεμος battle ὃν ος who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means ὁ ο the κύριος κυριος lord; master λέγει λεγω tell; declare
32:27 וַ wa וְ and עֲבָדֶ֨יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˌeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant יַֽעַבְר֜וּ yˈaʕavrˈû עבר pass כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole חֲל֥וּץ ḥᵃlˌûṣ חלץ draw off צָבָ֛א ṣāvˈā צָבָא service לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לַ la לְ to † הַ the מִּלְחָמָ֑ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֲדֹנִ֖י ʔᵃḏōnˌî אָדֹון lord דֹּבֵֽר׃ dōvˈēr דבר speak
32:27. nos autem famuli tui omnes expediti pergemus ad bellum sicut tu domine loquerisAnd we thy servants all well appointed will march on to the war, as thou, my lord, speakest.
27. but thy servants will pass over, every man that is armed for war, before the LORD to battle, as my lord saith.
32:27. And we, your servants, all well-equipped, will go forth to battle, just as you, our ruler, has spoken.”
32:27. But thy servants will pass over, every man armed for war, before the LORD to battle, as my lord saith.
But thy servants will pass over, every man armed for war, before the LORD to battle, as my lord saith:

27: а рабы твои, все, вооружившись, как воины, пойдут пред Господом на войну, как говорит господин наш.
32:27
οἱ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
παῖδές παις child; boy
σου σου of you; your
παρελεύσονται παρερχομαι pass; transgress
πάντες πας all; every
ἐνωπλισμένοι ενοπλιζω and; even
ἐκτεταγμένοι εκτασσω next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
ὃν ος who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
ο the
κύριος κυριος lord; master
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
32:27
וַ wa וְ and
עֲבָדֶ֨יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˌeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant
יַֽעַבְר֜וּ yˈaʕavrˈû עבר pass
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
חֲל֥וּץ ḥᵃlˌûṣ חלץ draw off
צָבָ֛א ṣāvˈā צָבָא service
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מִּלְחָמָ֑ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֲדֹנִ֖י ʔᵃḏōnˌî אָדֹון lord
דֹּבֵֽר׃ dōvˈēr דבר speak
32:27. nos autem famuli tui omnes expediti pergemus ad bellum sicut tu domine loqueris
And we thy servants all well appointed will march on to the war, as thou, my lord, speakest.
32:27. And we, your servants, all well-equipped, will go forth to battle, just as you, our ruler, has spoken.”
32:27. But thy servants will pass over, every man armed for war, before the LORD to battle, as my lord saith.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:27: Before the Lord - i. e., immediately in front of the sacred tokens of the Lord's presence; compare Num 10:17 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:27: thy servants: Jos 4:12
armed: Num 32:17; Co2 10:4, Co2 10:5; Eph 6:10-18; Ti2 4:7, Ti2 4:8
as my lord: Num 11:28, Num 12:11, Num 36:2
John Gill
32:27 But thy servants will pass over,.... The river Jordan, and go into the land of Canaan:
every man armed for war; Moses had required that all should go over, and they consent to it, and promise that everyone should, though this was not insisted on when they came to it, for only about 40,000 went over, Josh 4:13, whereas the two tribes of Gad and Reuben, and the half tribe of Manasseh, numbered more than 110,000; see Num 26:7,
before the Lord to battle, as my lord saith; for now, instead of saying, "before the children of Israel", a phrase they first used, they say, "before the Lord", as Moses had expressed it.
32:2832:28: Եւ յանդիմա՛ն արար նոցա Մովսէս զԵղիազար քահանայ, եւ զՅեսու որդի Նաւեայ, եւ զիշխանս նահապետաց ցեղիցն Իսրայէլի։
28 Մովսէսը հրահանգ տուեց նրանց մասին Եղիազար քահանային, Նաւէի որդի Յեսուին եւ իսրայէլացի ցեղերի նահապետների ընտանիքների իշխաններին:
28 Այն ատեն Մովսէս Եղիազար քահանային ու Նաւէին որդիին Յեսուին եւ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ցեղերուն նահապետական իշխաններուն այս պատուէրը տուաւ անոնց վրայով
Եւ յանդիման արար նոցա Մովսէս զԵղիազար քահանայ, եւ զՅեսու որդի Նաւեայ եւ զիշխանս նահապետաց ցեղիցն Իսրայելի:

32:28: Եւ յանդիմա՛ն արար նոցա Մովսէս զԵղիազար քահանայ, եւ զՅեսու որդի Նաւեայ, եւ զիշխանս նահապետաց ցեղիցն Իսրայէլի։
28 Մովսէսը հրահանգ տուեց նրանց մասին Եղիազար քահանային, Նաւէի որդի Յեսուին եւ իսրայէլացի ցեղերի նահապետների ընտանիքների իշխաններին:
28 Այն ատեն Մովսէս Եղիազար քահանային ու Նաւէին որդիին Յեսուին եւ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ցեղերուն նահապետական իշխաններուն այս պատուէրը տուաւ անոնց վրայով
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2828: И дал Моисей о них повеление Елеазару священнику и Иисусу, сыну Навину, и начальникам племен сынов Израилевых,
32:28 καὶ και and; even συνέστησεν συνιστημι introduce; establish αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs Ελεαζαρ ελεαζαρ Eleazar τὸν ο the ἱερέα ιερευς priest καὶ και and; even Ἰησοῦν ιησους Iēsous; Iisus υἱὸν υιος son Ναυη ναυη and; even τοὺς ο the ἄρχοντας αρχων ruling; ruler πατριῶν πατρια lineage; family line τῶν ο the φυλῶν φυλη tribe Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
32:28 וַ wa וְ and יְצַ֤ו yᵊṣˈaw צוה command לָהֶם֙ lāhˌem לְ to מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker] אֶלְעָזָ֣ר ʔelʕāzˈār אֶלְעָזָר Eleazar הַ ha הַ the כֹּהֵ֔ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] יְהֹושֻׁ֣עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son נ֑וּן nˈûn נוּן Nun וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] רָאשֵׁ֛י rāšˈê רֹאשׁ head אֲבֹ֥ות ʔᵃvˌôṯ אָב father הַ ha הַ the מַּטֹּ֖ות mmaṭṭˌôṯ מַטֶּה staff לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֥י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
32:28. praecepit ergo Moses Eleazaro sacerdoti et Iosue filio Nun et principibus familiarum per tribus Israhel et dixit ad eosMoses therefore commanded Eleazar the priest, and Josue the son of Nun, and the princes of the families of all the tribes of Israel, and said to them:
28. So Moses gave charge concerning them to Eleazar the priest, and to Joshua the son of Nun, and to the heads of the fathers’ of the tribes of the children of Israel.
32:28. Therefore, Moses instructed Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the princes of the families throughout the tribes of Israel, and he said to them:
32:28. So concerning them Moses commanded Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel:
So concerning them Moses commanded Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel:

28: И дал Моисей о них повеление Елеазару священнику и Иисусу, сыну Навину, и начальникам племен сынов Израилевых,
32:28
καὶ και and; even
συνέστησεν συνιστημι introduce; establish
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
Ελεαζαρ ελεαζαρ Eleazar
τὸν ο the
ἱερέα ιερευς priest
καὶ και and; even
Ἰησοῦν ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
υἱὸν υιος son
Ναυη ναυη and; even
τοὺς ο the
ἄρχοντας αρχων ruling; ruler
πατριῶν πατρια lineage; family line
τῶν ο the
φυλῶν φυλη tribe
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
32:28
וַ wa וְ and
יְצַ֤ו yᵊṣˈaw צוה command
לָהֶם֙ lāhˌem לְ to
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker]
אֶלְעָזָ֣ר ʔelʕāzˈār אֶלְעָזָר Eleazar
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּהֵ֔ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
יְהֹושֻׁ֣עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son
נ֑וּן nˈûn נוּן Nun
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
רָאשֵׁ֛י rāšˈê רֹאשׁ head
אֲבֹ֥ות ʔᵃvˌôṯ אָב father
הַ ha הַ the
מַּטֹּ֖ות mmaṭṭˌôṯ מַטֶּה staff
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֥י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
32:28. praecepit ergo Moses Eleazaro sacerdoti et Iosue filio Nun et principibus familiarum per tribus Israhel et dixit ad eos
Moses therefore commanded Eleazar the priest, and Josue the son of Nun, and the princes of the families of all the tribes of Israel, and said to them:
32:28. Therefore, Moses instructed Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the princes of the families throughout the tribes of Israel, and he said to them:
32:28. So concerning them Moses commanded Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
28: Inheritance of the Reubenites.B. C. 1452.
28 So concerning them Moses commanded Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel: 29 And Moses said unto them, If the children of Gad and the children of Reuben will pass with you over Jordan, every man armed to battle, before the LORD, and the land shall be subdued before you; then ye shall give them the land of Gilead for a possession: 30 But if they will not pass over with you armed, they shall have possessions among you in the land of Canaan. 31 And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben answered, saying, As the LORD hath said unto thy servants, so will we do. 32 We will pass over armed before the LORD into the land of Canaan, that the possession of our inheritance on this side Jordan may be ours. 33 And Moses gave unto them, even to the children of Gad, and to the children of Reuben, and unto half the tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land, with the cities thereof in the coasts, even the cities of the country round about. 34 And the children of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer, 35 And Atroth, Shophan, and Jaazer, and Jogbehah, 36 And Beth-nimrah, and Beth-haran, fenced cities: and folds for sheep. 37 And the children of Reuben built Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kirjathaim, 38 And Nebo, and Baal-meon, (their names being changed,) and Shibmah: and gave other names unto the cities which they builded. 39 And the children of Machir the son of Manasseh went to Gilead, and took it, and dispossessed the Amorite which was in it. 40 And Moses gave Gilead unto Machir the son of Manasseh; and he dwelt therein. 41 And Jair the son of Manasseh went and took the small towns thereof, and called them Havoth-jair. 42 And Nobah went and took Kenath, and the villages thereof, and called it Nobah, after his own name.
Here, 1. Moses settles this matter with Eleazar, and with Joshua who was to be his successor, knowing that he himself must not live to see it perfected, v. 28-30. He gives them an estate upon condition, leaving it to Joshua, if they fulfilled the condition, to declare the estate absolute: "If they will not go over with you," he does not say "you shall give them no inheritance at all," but "you shall not give them this inheritance which they covet. If their militia will not come over with you, compel the whole tribes to come over, and let them take their lot with their brethren, and fare as they fare; they shall have possessions in Canaan, and let them not expect that the lot will favour them." Hereupon they repeat their promise to adhere to their brethren, v. 31, 32. 2. Moses settles them in the land they desired. He gave it to them for a possession, v. 33. Here is the first mention of the half tribe of Manasseh coming in with them for a share; probably they had not joined with them in the petition, but, the land when it came to be apportioned proving to be too much for them, this half tribe had a lot among them, perhaps at their request, or by divine direction, or because they had signalized themselves in the conquest of this country: for the children of Machir, a stout and warlike family, had taken Gilead and dispossessed the Amorites, v. 39. "Let them win it and wear it, get it and take it." And, they being celebrated for their courage and bravery, it was for the common safety to put them in this frontier-country. Concerning the settlement of these tribes observe, (1.) They built the cities, that is, repaired them, because either they had been damaged by the war or the Amorites had suffered them to go to decay. (2.) They changed the names of them (v. 38), either to show their authority, that the change of the names might signify the change of their owners, or because their names were idolatrous, and carried in them a respect to the dunghill-deities that were there worshipped. Nebo and Baal were names of their gods, which they were forbidden to make mention of (Exod. xxiii. 13), and which, by changing the names of these cities, they endeavoured to bury in oblivion; and God promises to take away the names of Baalim out of the mouths of his people, Hos. ii. 17.
Lastly, It is observable that, as these tribes were now first placed before the other tribes, so, long afterwards, they were displaced before the other tribes. We find that they were carried captive into Assyria some years before the other tribes, 2 Kings xv. 29. Such a proportion does Providence sometimes observe in balancing prosperity and adversity; he sets the one over-against the other.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:28: Jos 1:13
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:28
Moses thereupon commanded Eleazar, Joshua, and the heads of the tribes of Israel, i.e., the persons entrusted in Num 34:17. with the division of the land of Canaan, to give the Gadites and Reubenites the land of Gilead for a possession, after the conquest of Canaan, if they should go along with them across the Jordan equipped for battle. But if they should not do this, they were to be made possessors (i.e., to be settled; נאחז in a passive sense, whereas in Gen 34:10; Gen 47:27, it is reflective, to fix oneself firmly, to settle) in the land of Canaan along with the other tribes. In the latter case, therefore, they were not only to receive no possession in the land to the east of the Jordan, but were to be compelled to go over the Jordan with their wives and children, and to receive an inheritance there for the purpose of preventing a schism of the nation.
Geneva 1599
32:28 So concerning them Moses (k) commanded Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel:
(k) Moses gave charge that his promise made to the Reubenites, and other, would be performed after his death so that they would not break theirs.
John Gill
32:28 So concerning them Moses commanded,.... That they should have a grant of the land they requested: this looks as if Moses determined the case himself, though perhaps it was by the vote, and with the consent of the whole court; only Moses strictly enjoined them to observe it, namely:
Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel; and the rather he did this, because he knew that he should die, and not see either the thing itself or the conditions of it performed.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:28 concerning them Moses commanded--The arrangement itself, as well as the express terms on which he assented to it, was announced by the leader to the public authorities. The pastoral country the two tribes had desired was to be granted them on condition that they would lend their aid to their brethren in the approaching invasion of Canaan. If they refused or failed to perform their promise, those possessions should be forfeited, and they themselves compelled to go across the Jordan and fight for a settlement like the rest of their brethren.
32:2932:29: Եւ ասէ ցնոսա Մովսէս. Եթէ անցցեն որդիքդ Ռուբինի եւ որդիքդ Գադայ ընդ ձեզ ըստ Յորդանան, ամենայն վառեալ ՚ի պատերազմ առաջի Տեառն, եւ տիրեցէք երկրին, տաջի՛ք դոցա զերկիրն Գաղաադու ՚ի կալուածս[1554]։ [1554] Ոմանք յաւելուն. Եւ տիրիցէք երկրին առաջի ձեր, տաջիք։
29 Մովսէսն ասաց նրանց. «Եթէ Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի մարդիկ բոլորն էլ Տիրոջ առջեւ սպառազինուած ձեզ հետ անցնեն Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը, եթէ դուք նուաճէք այդ երկիրը, ապա նրանց իբրեւ կալուածք կը տաք Գաղաադի երկիրը:
29 Եւ Մովսէս ըսաւ անոնց. «Եթէ Գադին որդիները եւ Ռուբէնին որդիները Տէրոջը առջեւ ամէնքն ալ պատերազմի համար պատրաստուած՝ ձեզի հետ Յորդանանէն անցնին ու այն երկիրը ձեր առջեւ նուաճուի, այն ատեն Գաղաադի երկիրը անոնց կալուածք պէտք է տաք.
եւ ասէ ցնոսա Մովսէս. Եթէ անցցեն որդիքդ Ռուբենի եւ որդիքդ Գադայ ընդ ձեզ ըստ Յորդանան, ամենեքին վառեալ ի պատերազմ առաջի Տեառն, եւ տիրիցէք երկրին[520] տաջիք դոցա զերկիրն Գաղաադու ի կալուածս:

32:29: Եւ ասէ ցնոսա Մովսէս. Եթէ անցցեն որդիքդ Ռուբինի եւ որդիքդ Գադայ ընդ ձեզ ըստ Յորդանան, ամենայն վառեալ ՚ի պատերազմ առաջի Տեառն, եւ տիրեցէք երկրին, տաջի՛ք դոցա զերկիրն Գաղաադու ՚ի կալուածս[1554]։
[1554] Ոմանք յաւելուն. Եւ տիրիցէք երկրին առաջի ձեր, տաջիք։
29 Մովսէսն ասաց նրանց. «Եթէ Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի մարդիկ բոլորն էլ Տիրոջ առջեւ սպառազինուած ձեզ հետ անցնեն Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը, եթէ դուք նուաճէք այդ երկիրը, ապա նրանց իբրեւ կալուածք կը տաք Գաղաադի երկիրը:
29 Եւ Մովսէս ըսաւ անոնց. «Եթէ Գադին որդիները եւ Ռուբէնին որդիները Տէրոջը առջեւ ամէնքն ալ պատերազմի համար պատրաստուած՝ ձեզի հետ Յորդանանէն անցնին ու այն երկիրը ձեր առջեւ նուաճուի, այն ատեն Գաղաադի երկիրը անոնց կալուածք պէտք է տաք.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2929: и сказал им Моисей: если сыны Гадовы и сыны Рувимовы перейдут с вами за Иордан, все вооружившись на войну пред Господом, и покорена будет пред вами земля, то отдайте им землю Галаад во владение;
32:29 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἐὰν εαν and if; unless διαβῶσιν διαβαινω step through; go across οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid ὑμῶν υμων your τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis πᾶς πας all; every ἐνωπλισμένος ενοπλιζω into; for πόλεμον πολεμος battle ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even κατακυριεύσητε κατακυριευω lord it over; master τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land Γαλααδ γαλααδ in κατασχέσει κατασχεσις holding
32:29 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say מֹשֶׁ֜ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֲלֵהֶ֗ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to אִם־ ʔim- אִם if יַעַבְר֣וּ yaʕavrˈû עבר pass בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son גָ֣ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad וּ û וְ and בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son רְאוּבֵ֣ן׀ rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben אִ֠תְּכֶם ʔittᵊḵˌem אֵת together with אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֞ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole חָל֤וּץ ḥālˈûṣ חלץ draw off לַ la לְ to † הַ the מִּלְחָמָה֙ mmilḥāmˌā מִלְחָמָה war לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֣י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and נִכְבְּשָׁ֥ה niḵbᵊšˌā כבשׁ subdue הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לִ li לְ to פְנֵיכֶ֑ם fᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face וּ û וְ and נְתַתֶּ֥ם nᵊṯattˌem נתן give לָהֶ֛ם lāhˈem לְ to אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָ֖ד ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead לַ la לְ to אֲחֻזָּֽה׃ ʔᵃḥuzzˈā אֲחֻזָּה land property
32:29. si transierint filii Gad et filii Ruben vobiscum Iordanem omnes armati ad bellum coram Domino et vobis fuerit terra subiecta date eis Galaad in possessionemIf the children of Gad, and the children of Ruben pass with you over the Jordan, all armed for war before the Lord, and the land be made subject to you: give them Galaad in possession.
29. And Moses said unto them, If the children of Gad and the children of Reuben will pass with you over Jordan, every man that is armed to battle, before the LORD, and the land shall be subdued before you; then ye shall give them the land of Gilead for a possession:
32:29. “If the sons of Gad and the sons of Ruben cross over the Jordan with you, all armed for war before the Lord, and if the land becomes subject to you, give them Gilead as a possession.
32:29. And Moses said unto them, If the children of Gad and the children of Reuben will pass with you over Jordan, every man armed to battle, before the LORD, and the land shall be subdued before you; then ye shall give them the land of Gilead for a possession:
And Moses said unto them, If the children of Gad and the children of Reuben will pass with you over Jordan, every man armed to battle, before the LORD, and the land shall be subdued before you; then ye shall give them the land of Gilead for a possession:

29: и сказал им Моисей: если сыны Гадовы и сыны Рувимовы перейдут с вами за Иордан, все вооружившись на войну пред Господом, и покорена будет пред вами земля, то отдайте им землю Галаад во владение;
32:29
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
διαβῶσιν διαβαινω step through; go across
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid
ὑμῶν υμων your
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
πᾶς πας all; every
ἐνωπλισμένος ενοπλιζω into; for
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
κατακυριεύσητε κατακυριευω lord it over; master
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
Γαλααδ γαλααδ in
κατασχέσει κατασχεσις holding
32:29
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
מֹשֶׁ֜ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֲלֵהֶ֗ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
יַעַבְר֣וּ yaʕavrˈû עבר pass
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
גָ֣ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵ֣ן׀ rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
אִ֠תְּכֶם ʔittᵊḵˌem אֵת together with
אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֞ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
חָל֤וּץ ḥālˈûṣ חלץ draw off
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מִּלְחָמָה֙ mmilḥāmˌā מִלְחָמָה war
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֣י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִכְבְּשָׁ֥ה niḵbᵊšˌā כבשׁ subdue
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵיכֶ֑ם fᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face
וּ û וְ and
נְתַתֶּ֥ם nᵊṯattˌem נתן give
לָהֶ֛ם lāhˈem לְ to
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָ֖ד ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
לַ la לְ to
אֲחֻזָּֽה׃ ʔᵃḥuzzˈā אֲחֻזָּה land property
32:29. si transierint filii Gad et filii Ruben vobiscum Iordanem omnes armati ad bellum coram Domino et vobis fuerit terra subiecta date eis Galaad in possessionem
If the children of Gad, and the children of Ruben pass with you over the Jordan, all armed for war before the Lord, and the land be made subject to you: give them Galaad in possession.
32:29. “If the sons of Gad and the sons of Ruben cross over the Jordan with you, all armed for war before the Lord, and if the land becomes subject to you, give them Gilead as a possession.
32:29. And Moses said unto them, If the children of Gad and the children of Reuben will pass with you over Jordan, every man armed to battle, before the LORD, and the land shall be subdued before you; then ye shall give them the land of Gilead for a possession:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:29: Num 32:20-23
John Gill
32:29 And Moses said unto them,.... To Eleazar, Joshua, and the princes of the congregation:
if the children of Gad and the children of Reuben will pass with you over Jordan, every man armed to battle before the Lord; as they have promised they will:
and the land shall be subdued before you; which must be done before their return:
then ye shall give them the land of Gilead for a possession; which, no doubt, included that of Jazer too, since Jaazer, which is the same, is after mentioned as one of the cities built by the children of Gad, Num 32:35.
32:3032:30: Ապա թէ ո՛չ անցցեն ընդ ձեզ վառեալք ՚ի պատերազմ առաջի Տեառն, անցուսջիք զա՛ղխ դոցա եւ զկանայս դոցա, եւ զանասուն դոցա յառաջագոյն քան զձեզ յերկիրն Քանանացւոց. եւ ժառանգեսցեն ընդ ձե՛զ յերկիրն Քանանացւոց։
30 Իսկ եթէ սպառազինուած ձեզ հետ պատերազմի չելնեն Տիրոջ առջեւ, ապա նրանց երեխաներին, կանանց ու անասուններին, նախքան ձեր անցնելը, կը փոխադրէք Քանանացիների երկիրը, եւ նրանք եւս ձեզ հետ թող ժառանգութիւն ստանան Քանանացիների երկրում»:
30 Բայց եթէ պատրաստուած ձեզի հետ չանցնին, անոնց կալուածքն ալ Քանանի երկրին մէջ պիտի ըլլայ»։
ապա թէ ոչ անցցեն ընդ ձեզ [521]վառեալք ի պատերազմ առաջի Տեառն, անցուսջիք զաղխ դոցա եւ զկանայս դոցա եւ զանասուն դոցա յառաջագոյն քան զձեզ յերկիրն Քանանացւոց, եւ`` ժառանգեսցեն ընդ ձեզ յերկրին Քանանացւոց:

32:30: Ապա թէ ո՛չ անցցեն ընդ ձեզ վառեալք ՚ի պատերազմ առաջի Տեառն, անցուսջիք զա՛ղխ դոցա եւ զկանայս դոցա, եւ զանասուն դոցա յառաջագոյն քան զձեզ յերկիրն Քանանացւոց. եւ ժառանգեսցեն ընդ ձե՛զ յերկիրն Քանանացւոց։
30 Իսկ եթէ սպառազինուած ձեզ հետ պատերազմի չելնեն Տիրոջ առջեւ, ապա նրանց երեխաներին, կանանց ու անասուններին, նախքան ձեր անցնելը, կը փոխադրէք Քանանացիների երկիրը, եւ նրանք եւս ձեզ հետ թող ժառանգութիւն ստանան Քանանացիների երկրում»:
30 Բայց եթէ պատրաստուած ձեզի հետ չանցնին, անոնց կալուածքն ալ Քանանի երկրին մէջ պիտի ըլլայ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3030: если же не пойдут они с вами вооруженные, то они получат владение вместе с вами в земле Ханаанской.
32:30 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while μὴ μη not διαβῶσιν διαβαινω step through; go across ἐνωπλισμένοι ενοπλιζω with; amid ὑμῶν υμων your εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the πόλεμον πολεμος battle ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even διαβιβάσετε διαβιβαζω the ἀποσκευὴν αποσκευη he; him καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal αὐτῶν αυτος he; him πρότερα προτερος earlier ὑμῶν υμων your εἰς εις into; for γῆν γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan καὶ και and; even συγκατακληρονομηθήσονται συγκατακληρονομεομαι in ὑμῖν υμιν you ἐν εν in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
32:30 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if לֹ֧א lˈō לֹא not יַֽעַבְר֛וּ yˈaʕavrˈû עבר pass חֲלוּצִ֖ים ḥᵃlûṣˌîm חלץ draw off אִתְּכֶ֑ם ʔittᵊḵˈem אֵת together with וְ wᵊ וְ and נֹֽאחֲז֥וּ nˈōḥᵃzˌû אחז seize בְ vᵊ בְּ in תֹכְכֶ֖ם ṯōḵᵊḵˌem תָּוֶךְ midst בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth כְּנָֽעַן׃ kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
32:30. sin autem noluerint transire vobiscum in terram Chanaan inter vos habitandi accipiant locaBut if they will not pass armed with you into the land of Chanaan, let them receive places to dwell in among you.
30. but if they will not pass over with you armed, they shall have possessions among you in the land of Canaan.
32:30. But if they are not willing to cross with you, armed, into the land of Canaan, then let them receive places among you for their dwellings.”
32:30. But if they will not pass over with you armed, they shall have possessions among you in the land of Canaan.
But if they will not pass over with you armed, they shall have possessions among you in the land of Canaan:

30: если же не пойдут они с вами вооруженные, то они получат владение вместе с вами в земле Ханаанской.
32:30
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
μὴ μη not
διαβῶσιν διαβαινω step through; go across
ἐνωπλισμένοι ενοπλιζω with; amid
ὑμῶν υμων your
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
διαβιβάσετε διαβιβαζω the
ἀποσκευὴν αποσκευη he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
πρότερα προτερος earlier
ὑμῶν υμων your
εἰς εις into; for
γῆν γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
καὶ και and; even
συγκατακληρονομηθήσονται συγκατακληρονομεομαι in
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
32:30
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
לֹ֧א lˈō לֹא not
יַֽעַבְר֛וּ yˈaʕavrˈû עבר pass
חֲלוּצִ֖ים ḥᵃlûṣˌîm חלץ draw off
אִתְּכֶ֑ם ʔittᵊḵˈem אֵת together with
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נֹֽאחֲז֥וּ nˈōḥᵃzˌû אחז seize
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
תֹכְכֶ֖ם ṯōḵᵊḵˌem תָּוֶךְ midst
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כְּנָֽעַן׃ kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
32:30. sin autem noluerint transire vobiscum in terram Chanaan inter vos habitandi accipiant loca
But if they will not pass armed with you into the land of Chanaan, let them receive places to dwell in among you.
32:30. But if they are not willing to cross with you, armed, into the land of Canaan, then let them receive places among you for their dwellings.”
32:30. But if they will not pass over with you armed, they shall have possessions among you in the land of Canaan.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:30: Jos 22:19
John Gill
32:30 But if they will not pass over with you armed,.... Shall change their minds, and break their promise, and refuse to go over the river Jordan with the other tribes, and armed ready to engage in battle with the enemy:
they shall have possessions among you in the land of Canaan; take their lot there, but have no inheritance or possessions on this side Jordan.
John Wesley
32:30 They shall have possession - They shall forfeit their possessions in Gilead, and be constrained to go over Jordan, and to seek possessions there among their brethren.
32:3132:31: Պատասխանի ետուն որդիքն Ռուբինի եւ որդիքն Գադայ՝ եւ ասեն. Զոր ինչ ասէ տէրդ ցծառայս իւր՝ արասցո՛ւք[1555]։ [1555] Ոմանք. Զոր ինչ ասաց տէրդ։
31 Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի մարդիկ պատասխան տալով՝ ասացին. «Ինչ որ հրամայես դու՝ մեր տէրը, քո ծառաներին, այդ էլ կը կատարենք:
31 Իսկ Գադին որդիները եւ Ռուբէնին որդիները պատասխան տուին ու ըսին. «Տէրը քու ծառաներուդ ի՛նչպէս պատուիրեց՝ այնպէս պիտի ընենք։
Պատասխանի ետուն որդիքն Ռուբենի եւ որդիքն Գադայ եւ ասեն. Զոր ինչ [522]ասէ տէրդ ցծառայս իւր`` արասցուք:

32:31: Պատասխանի ետուն որդիքն Ռուբինի եւ որդիքն Գադայ՝ եւ ասեն. Զոր ինչ ասէ տէրդ ցծառայս իւր՝ արասցո՛ւք[1555]։
[1555] Ոմանք. Զոր ինչ ասաց տէրդ։
31 Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերի մարդիկ պատասխան տալով՝ ասացին. «Ինչ որ հրամայես դու՝ մեր տէրը, քո ծառաներին, այդ էլ կը կատարենք:
31 Իսկ Գադին որդիները եւ Ռուբէնին որդիները պատասխան տուին ու ըսին. «Տէրը քու ծառաներուդ ի՛նչպէս պատուիրեց՝ այնպէս պիտի ընենք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3131: И отвечали сыны Гадовы и сыны Рувимовы и сказали: как сказал Господь рабам твоим, так и сделаем;
32:31 καὶ και and; even ἀπεκρίθησαν αποκρινομαι respond οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ὁ ο the κύριος κυριος lord; master λέγει λεγω tell; declare τοῖς ο the θεράπουσιν θεραπων minister αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him οὕτως ουτως so; this way ποιήσομεν ποιεω do; make
32:31 וַ wa וְ and יַּֽעֲנ֧וּ yyˈaʕᵃnˈû ענה answer בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son גָ֛ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad וּ û וְ and בְנֵ֥י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son רְאוּבֵ֖ן rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say אֵת֩ ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבֶּ֧ר dibbˈer דבר speak יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˌeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant כֵּ֥ן kˌēn כֵּן thus נַעֲשֶֽׂה׃ naʕᵃśˈeh עשׂה make
32:31. responderuntque filii Gad et filii Ruben sicut locutus est Dominus servis suis ita faciemusAnd the children of Gad, and the children of Ruben answered: As the Lord hath spoken to his servants, so will we do:
31. And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben answered, saying, As the LORD hath said unto thy servants, so will we do.
32:31. And the sons of Gad and the sons of Ruben responded: “Just as the Lord has spoken to his servants, so shall we do.
32:31. And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben answered, saying, As the LORD hath said unto thy servants, so will we do.
And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben answered, saying, As the LORD hath said unto thy servants, so will we do:

31: И отвечали сыны Гадовы и сыны Рувимовы и сказали: как сказал Господь рабам твоим, так и сделаем;
32:31
καὶ και and; even
ἀπεκρίθησαν αποκρινομαι respond
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ο the
κύριος κυριος lord; master
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
τοῖς ο the
θεράπουσιν θεραπων minister
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ποιήσομεν ποιεω do; make
32:31
וַ wa וְ and
יַּֽעֲנ֧וּ yyˈaʕᵃnˈû ענה answer
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
גָ֛ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵ֥י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵ֖ן rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
אֵת֩ ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבֶּ֧ר dibbˈer דבר speak
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ ʕᵃvāḏˌeʸḵā עֶבֶד servant
כֵּ֥ן kˌēn כֵּן thus
נַעֲשֶֽׂה׃ naʕᵃśˈeh עשׂה make
32:31. responderuntque filii Gad et filii Ruben sicut locutus est Dominus servis suis ita faciemus
And the children of Gad, and the children of Ruben answered: As the Lord hath spoken to his servants, so will we do:
32:31. And the sons of Gad and the sons of Ruben responded: “Just as the Lord has spoken to his servants, so shall we do.
32:31. And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben answered, saying, As the LORD hath said unto thy servants, so will we do.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ all ▾
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:31
The Gadites and Reubenites repeated their promise once more (Num 32:25), and added still further (Num 32:32): "We will pass over armed before Jehovah into the land of Canaan, and let our inheritance be with us (i.e., remain to us) beyond the Jordan."
Geneva 1599
32:31 And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben answered, saying, As the (l) LORD hath said unto thy servants, so will we do.
(l) This is attributed to the Lord, which his messenger speaks.
John Gill
32:31 And the children of Gad and the children of Reuben answered,...., The word is in the singular number, and shows their unanimity, that they agreed to what Moses said, and replied all of them as one man, as Jarchi expresses it; and it may be there was one that was the mouth of them all, and answered for them:
saying, as the Lord hath said unto thy servants, so will we do; here they make use of the word Jehovah, taking what Moses had said unto them as from the Lord, and therefore should strictly and punctually observe it, as if they heard the Lord himself speak it.
John Wesley
32:31 As the Lord hath said - Either at this time by thy mouth: or formerly, where he commanded us, as well as our brethren to go into Canaan and possess it.
32:3232:32: Մեք անցցուք վառեալք յերկիրն Քանանացւոց, եւ տաջի՛ք մեզ կալուածս յա՛յս կոյս Յորդանանու[1556]։ [1556] Ոմանք յաւելուն. Մեք անցցուք վառեալք առաջի Տեառն յերկիրն քա՛՛.. յայնկոյս Յորդանանու։
32 Սպառազինուած կ’անցնենք Քանանացիների երկիրը, եւ մեզ կալուածքներ կը տաք Յորդանան գետի այս կողմում»:
32 Մենք զէնքերնիս առած՝ Տէրոջը առջեւէն Քանանի երկիրը պիտի անցնինք, որպէս զի մեր ժառանգելիք կալուածքը Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը ըլլայ»։
Մեք անցցուք վառեալք առաջի Տեառն յերկիրն Քանանացւոց, եւ տաջիք մեզ կալուածս յայսկոյս Յորդանանու:

32:32: Մեք անցցուք վառեալք յերկիրն Քանանացւոց, եւ տաջի՛ք մեզ կալուածս յա՛յս կոյս Յորդանանու[1556]։
[1556] Ոմանք յաւելուն. Մեք անցցուք վառեալք առաջի Տեառն յերկիրն քա՛՛.. յայնկոյս Յորդանանու։
32 Սպառազինուած կ’անցնենք Քանանացիների երկիրը, եւ մեզ կալուածքներ կը տաք Յորդանան գետի այս կողմում»:
32 Մենք զէնքերնիս առած՝ Տէրոջը առջեւէն Քանանի երկիրը պիտի անցնինք, որպէս զի մեր ժառանգելիք կալուածքը Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը ըլլայ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3232: мы пойдем вооруженные пред Господом в землю Ханаанскую, а удел владения нашего пусть будет по эту сторону Иордана.
32:32 ἡμεῖς ημεις we διαβησόμεθα διαβαινω step through; go across ἐνωπλισμένοι ενοπλιζω next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master εἰς εις into; for γῆν γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan καὶ και and; even δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit τὴν ο the κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding ἡμῖν ημιν us ἐν εν in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
32:32 נַ֣חְנוּ nˈaḥnû נַחְנוּ we נַעֲבֹ֧ר naʕᵃvˈōr עבר pass חֲלוּצִ֛ים ḥᵃlûṣˈîm חלץ draw off לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth כְּנָ֑עַן kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan וְ wᵊ וְ and אִתָּ֨נוּ֙ ʔittˈānû אֵת together with אֲחֻזַּ֣ת ʔᵃḥuzzˈaṯ אֲחֻזָּה land property נַחֲלָתֵ֔נוּ naḥᵃlāṯˈēnû נַחֲלָה heritage מֵ mē מִן from עֵ֖בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite לַ la לְ to † הַ the יַּרְדֵּֽן׃ yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
32:32. ipsi armati pergemus coram Domino in terram Chanaan et possessionem iam suscepisse nos confitemur trans IordanemWe will go armed before the Lord into the land of Chanaan, and we confess that we have already received our possession beyond the Jordan.
32. We will pass over armed before the LORD into the land of Canaan, and the possession of our inheritance with us beyond Jordan.
32:32. We will go forth, armed, before the Lord into the land of Canaan; and we acknowledge that we have already received our possession across the Jordan.”
32:32. We will pass over armed before the LORD into the land of Canaan, that the possession of our inheritance on this side Jordan [may be] ours.
We will pass over armed before the LORD into the land of Canaan, that the possession of our inheritance on this side Jordan [may be] our' s:

32: мы пойдем вооруженные пред Господом в землю Ханаанскую, а удел владения нашего пусть будет по эту сторону Иордана.
32:32
ἡμεῖς ημεις we
διαβησόμεθα διαβαινω step through; go across
ἐνωπλισμένοι ενοπλιζω next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
εἰς εις into; for
γῆν γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
καὶ και and; even
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
τὴν ο the
κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding
ἡμῖν ημιν us
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
32:32
נַ֣חְנוּ nˈaḥnû נַחְנוּ we
נַעֲבֹ֧ר naʕᵃvˈōr עבר pass
חֲלוּצִ֛ים ḥᵃlûṣˈîm חלץ draw off
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כְּנָ֑עַן kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִתָּ֨נוּ֙ ʔittˈānû אֵת together with
אֲחֻזַּ֣ת ʔᵃḥuzzˈaṯ אֲחֻזָּה land property
נַחֲלָתֵ֔נוּ naḥᵃlāṯˈēnû נַחֲלָה heritage
מֵ מִן from
עֵ֖בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
יַּרְדֵּֽן׃ yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
32:32. ipsi armati pergemus coram Domino in terram Chanaan et possessionem iam suscepisse nos confitemur trans Iordanem
We will go armed before the Lord into the land of Chanaan, and we confess that we have already received our possession beyond the Jordan.
32:32. We will go forth, armed, before the Lord into the land of Canaan; and we acknowledge that we have already received our possession across the Jordan.”
32:32. We will pass over armed before the LORD into the land of Canaan, that the possession of our inheritance on this side Jordan [may be] ours.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
32:32 We will pass over armed before the Lord into the land of Canaan,.... This is repeated again and again, for the confirmation of it, assuring that it should be strictly performed according to the true intent of it:
that the possession of our inheritance on this side Jordan may be ours; that is, that the possession and inheritance they desired, and which had been granted them, on conditions to be performed by them, might be ratified and confirmed unto them on their fulfilment of them.
32:3332:33: Եւ ետ Մովսէս որդւոցն Գադայ եւ որդւոցն Ռուբինի՝ եւ կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի որդւոցն Յովսեփայ, զթագաւորութիւնն Սեհոնի արքային Ամովրհացւոց, եւ զթագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ արքային Բասանու. զերկիրն եւ զքաղաքս սահմանօք իւրովք, եւ զքաղաքս երկրին շուրջանակի։
33 Եւ Մովսէսը Գադի, Ռուբէնի ցեղերին, Յովսէփի որդիներից Մանասէի կէս ցեղին տուեց ամորհացիների Սեհոն արքայի թագաւորութիւնը, Բասան երկրի Օգ արքայի թագաւորութիւնը, այդ երկիրը՝ իր սահմաններում գտնուող բոլոր քաղաքներով, ինչպէս նաեւ սահմանամերձ քաղաքներով:
33 Ուստի Մովսէս անոնց, այսինքն Գադին որդիներուն եւ Ռուբէնին որդիներուն եւ Յովսէփեան Մանասէին կէս ցեղին, տուաւ Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին թագաւորութիւնը ու Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորին թագաւորութիւնը, երկիրը իր քաղաքներովը ու երկրին քաղաքներուն բոլորտիքը եղած սահմաններովը։
Եւ ետ Մովսէս որդւոցն Գադայ եւ որդւոցն Ռուբենի եւ կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի որդւոցն Յովսեփայ զթագաւորութիւնն Սեհոնի արքային Ամովրհացւոց, եւ զթագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ արքային Բասանու, զերկիրն եւ զքաղաքս սահմանօք իւրովք, եւ զքաղաքս երկրին շուրջանակի:

32:33: Եւ ետ Մովսէս որդւոցն Գադայ եւ որդւոցն Ռուբինի՝ եւ կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի որդւոցն Յովսեփայ, զթագաւորութիւնն Սեհոնի արքային Ամովրհացւոց, եւ զթագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ արքային Բասանու. զերկիրն եւ զքաղաքս սահմանօք իւրովք, եւ զքաղաքս երկրին շուրջանակի։
33 Եւ Մովսէսը Գադի, Ռուբէնի ցեղերին, Յովսէփի որդիներից Մանասէի կէս ցեղին տուեց ամորհացիների Սեհոն արքայի թագաւորութիւնը, Բասան երկրի Օգ արքայի թագաւորութիւնը, այդ երկիրը՝ իր սահմաններում գտնուող բոլոր քաղաքներով, ինչպէս նաեւ սահմանամերձ քաղաքներով:
33 Ուստի Մովսէս անոնց, այսինքն Գադին որդիներուն եւ Ռուբէնին որդիներուն եւ Յովսէփեան Մանասէին կէս ցեղին, տուաւ Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին թագաւորութիւնը ու Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորին թագաւորութիւնը, երկիրը իր քաղաքներովը ու երկրին քաղաքներուն բոլորտիքը եղած սահմաններովը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3333: И отдал Моисей им, сынам Гадовым и сынам Рувимовым, и половине колена Манассии, сына Иосифова, царство Сигона, царя Аморрейского, и царство Ога, царя Васанского, землю с городами ее и окрестностями, --города земли во все стороны.
32:33 καὶ και and; even ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the ἡμίσει ημισυς half φυλῆς φυλη tribe Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis υἱῶν υιος son Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif τὴν ο the βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom Σηων σηων monarch; king Αμορραίων αμορραιος and; even τὴν ο the βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom Ωγ ωγ monarch; king τῆς ο the Βασαν βασαν the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city σὺν συν with; [definite object marker] τοῖς ο the ὁρίοις οριον frontier αὐτῆς αυτος he; him πόλεις πολις city τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle
32:33 וַ wa וְ and יִּתֵּ֣ן yyittˈēn נתן give לָהֶ֣ם׀ lāhˈem לְ to מֹשֶׁ֡ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לִ li לְ to בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son גָד֩ ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֨י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son רְאוּבֵ֜ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to חֲצִ֣י׀ ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half שֵׁ֣בֶט׀ šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod מְנַשֶּׁ֣ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son יֹוסֵ֗ף yôsˈēf יֹוסֵף Joseph אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מַמְלֶ֨כֶת֙ mamlˈeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom סִיחֹן֙ sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מַמְלֶ֔כֶת mamlˈeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom עֹ֖וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֑ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לְ lᵊ לְ to עָרֶ֨יהָ֙ ʕārˈeʸhā עִיר town בִּ bi בְּ in גְבֻלֹ֔ת ḡᵊvulˈōṯ גְּבוּלָה boundary עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth סָבִֽיב׃ sāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
32:33. dedit itaque Moses filiis Gad et Ruben et dimidiae tribui Manasse filii Ioseph regnum Seon regis Amorrei et regnum Og regis Basan et terram eorum cum urbibus suis per circuitumMoses therefore gave to the children of Gad and of Ruben, and to the half tribe of Manasses the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sehon king of the Amorrhites, and the kingdom of Og king of Basan, and their land and the cities thereof round about.
33. And Moses gave unto them, even to the children of Gad, and to the children of Reuben, and unto the half tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land, according to the cities thereof with borders, even the cities of the land round about.
32:33. And so, Moses gave to the sons of Gad and of Ruben, and to half the tribe of Manasseh, the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sihon, king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og, king of Bashan, and their land with its surrounding cities.
32:33. And Moses gave unto them, [even] to the children of Gad, and to the children of Reuben, and unto half the tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land, with the cities thereof in the coasts, [even] the cities of the country round about.
And Moses gave unto them, [even] to the children of Gad, and to the children of Reuben, and unto half the tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land, with the cities thereof in the coasts, [even] the cities of the country round about:

33: И отдал Моисей им, сынам Гадовым и сынам Рувимовым, и половине колена Манассии, сына Иосифова, царство Сигона, царя Аморрейского, и царство Ога, царя Васанского, землю с городами ее и окрестностями, --города земли во все стороны.
32:33
καὶ και and; even
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
ἡμίσει ημισυς half
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
υἱῶν υιος son
Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif
τὴν ο the
βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom
Σηων σηων monarch; king
Αμορραίων αμορραιος and; even
τὴν ο the
βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom
Ωγ ωγ monarch; king
τῆς ο the
Βασαν βασαν the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
σὺν συν with; [definite object marker]
τοῖς ο the
ὁρίοις οριον frontier
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
πόλεις πολις city
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle
32:33
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתֵּ֣ן yyittˈēn נתן give
לָהֶ֣ם׀ lāhˈem לְ to
מֹשֶׁ֡ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
גָד֩ ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֨י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵ֜ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
חֲצִ֣י׀ ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half
שֵׁ֣בֶט׀ šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod
מְנַשֶּׁ֣ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son
יֹוסֵ֗ף yôsˈēf יֹוסֵף Joseph
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מַמְלֶ֨כֶת֙ mamlˈeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom
סִיחֹן֙ sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מַמְלֶ֔כֶת mamlˈeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom
עֹ֖וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֑ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עָרֶ֨יהָ֙ ʕārˈeʸhā עִיר town
בִּ bi בְּ in
גְבֻלֹ֔ת ḡᵊvulˈōṯ גְּבוּלָה boundary
עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
סָבִֽיב׃ sāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
32:33. dedit itaque Moses filiis Gad et Ruben et dimidiae tribui Manasse filii Ioseph regnum Seon regis Amorrei et regnum Og regis Basan et terram eorum cum urbibus suis per circuitum
Moses therefore gave to the children of Gad and of Ruben, and to the half tribe of Manasses the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sehon king of the Amorrhites, and the kingdom of Og king of Basan, and their land and the cities thereof round about.
32:33. And so, Moses gave to the sons of Gad and of Ruben, and to half the tribe of Manasseh, the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sihon, king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og, king of Bashan, and their land with its surrounding cities.
32:33. And Moses gave unto them, [even] to the children of Gad, and to the children of Reuben, and unto half the tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land, with the cities thereof in the coasts, [even] the cities of the country round about.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:33: Half the tribe of Manasseh - That is, (compare Num 32:39; Jos 17:1) the families of Machir. Moses, when assigning to the pastoral tribes the inheritance which they desired, appropriated to these Manassites especially the district they had already subdued, as a reward for their valour and exploits. Thus the whole of the conquered country was provisionally disposed of, and the forwardness anti valour of the Machirites rewarded. It seems clear from Num 32:39 and Jos 17:1, that the claims of the Machirites arose simply out of their exploits.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:33: Moses: Num 32:1; Deu 3:12-17, Deu 29:8; Jos 12:6, Jos 13:8-14, Jos 22:4
half the: Num 34:14; Ch1 5:18, Ch1 12:31, Ch1 26:32
the kingdom: Num 21:23-35; Deu 2:30-33, Deu 3:1-8; Psa 135:10, Psa 135:11, Psa 136:18-21
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:33
Moses then gave to the sons of Gad and Reuben, and the half-tribe of Manasseh, the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, and Og king of Bashan, namely, "the land according to its towns, in (its) districts, (namely) the towns of the land round about," i.e., the whole of the land with its towns and the districts belonging to them, or surrounding the towns. It appears strange that the half-tribe of Manasseh is included here for the first time at the close of the negotiations, whereas it is not mentioned at all in connection with the negotiations themselves. This striking fact may easily be explained, however, on the supposition that it was by the two tribes of Reuben and Gad alone that the request was made for the land of Gilead as a possession; but that when Moses granted this request, he did not overlook the fact, that some of the families of Manasseh had conquered various portions of Gilead and Bashan (Num 32:39), and therefore gave these families, at the same time, the districts which they had conquered, for their inheritance, that the whole of the conquered land might be distributed at once. As O. v. Gerlach observes, "the participation of this half-tribe in the possession is accounted for in Num 32:39." Moses restricted himself, however, to a general conveyance of the land that had been taken on the east of the Jordan to these two and a half tribes for their inheritance, without sharing it amongst them, or fixing the boundaries of the territory of each particular tribe. That was left to the representatives of the nation mentioned in Num 32:28, and was probably not carried out till the return of the fighting men belonging to these tribes, who went with the others over the Jordan. In the verses which follow, we find only those towns mentioned which were fortified by the tribes of Gad and Reuben, and in which they constructed sheep-folds (Num 32:34-38), and the districts which the families of Manasseh had taken and received as their possession (Num 32:39-42).
Geneva 1599
32:33 And Moses gave unto them, [even] to the children of Gad, and to the children of Reuben, and unto half the tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph, the kingdom of Sihon king of the (m) Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land, with the cities thereof in the coasts, [even] the cities of the country round about.
(m) The Amorites dwelled on both sides of Jordan: but here he makes mention of them that dwelt on this side: (Josh 10:12) he speaks of them that inhabited beyond Jordan.
John Gill
32:33 And Moses gave unto them,.... By word of mouth, in the presence of the court, or rather by some instrument drawn up and signed by him and the sanhedrim, or witnessed by them:
even to the children of Gad, and to the children of Reuben, and unto half the tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph; no mention is made of this half tribe joining with the other two tribes in the request to settle on this side Jordan, and therefore it is generally thought that they were encouraged, by the success of the two tribes, to make a like motion; or else Moses and the princes, observing that there was too much land for the said tribes, joined this half tribe with them, the land being suitable for them:
the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land, with the cities thereof in the coasts, even the cities of the country round about; of which kingdoms, and the conquest of them, see Num 21:24, and several of the cities in them are after mentioned.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:33 half the tribe of Manasseh--It is nowhere explained in the record how they were incorporated with the two tribes, or what broke this great tribe into two parts, of which one was left to follow the fortunes of its brethren in the settled life of the western hills, while the other was allowed to wander as a nomadic tribe over the pasture lands of Gilead and Bashan. They are not mentioned as accompanying Reuben and Gad in their application to Moses [Num 32:1]; neither were they included in his first directions (Num 32:25); but as they also were a people addicted to pastoral pursuits and possessed as immense flocks as the other two, Moses invited the half of them to remain, in consequence, probably, of finding that this region was more than sufficient for the pastoral wants of the others, and he may have given them the preference, as some have conjectured, for their valorous conduct in the contests with the Amorites (compare Num 32:39, with Josh 17:1).
32:3432:34: Եւ շինեցին որդիքն Գադայ զԴեբոն, եւ զԱստարովթ,
34 Գադի մարդիկ կառուցեցին Դեբոնը, Ատարոթը, Արոյերը,
34 Գադին որդիները պարսպապատ քաղաքներ շինեցին՝ այսինքն Դեբոնը, Ատարովթն ու Արոէրը
Եւ շինեցին որդիքն Գադայ զԴեբոն եւ զԱտարովթ եւ զԱրոյեր:

32:34: Եւ շինեցին որդիքն Գադայ զԴեբոն, եւ զԱստարովթ,
34 Գադի մարդիկ կառուցեցին Դեբոնը, Ատարոթը, Արոյերը,
34 Գադին որդիները պարսպապատ քաղաքներ շինեցին՝ այսինքն Դեբոնը, Ատարովթն ու Արոէրը
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3434: И построили сыны Гадовы Дивон и Атароф, и Ароер,
32:34 καὶ και and; even ᾠκοδόμησαν οικοδομεω build οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath τὴν ο the Δαιβων δαιβων and; even τὴν ο the Αταρωθ αταρωθ and; even τὴν ο the Αροηρ αροηρ Aroēr; Arir
32:34 וַ wa וְ and יִּבְנ֣וּ yyivnˈû בנה build בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son גָ֔ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] דִּיבֹ֖ן dîvˌōn דִּיבֹן Dibon וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עֲטָרֹ֑ת ʕᵃṭārˈōṯ עֲטָרֹות Ataroth וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] עֲרֹעֵֽר׃ ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer
32:34. igitur extruxerunt filii Gad Dibon et Atharoth et AroerAnd the sons of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer,
34. And the children of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer;
32:34. Therefore, the sons of Gad built up Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer,
32:34. And the children of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer,
And the children of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer:

34: И построили сыны Гадовы Дивон и Атароф, и Ароер,
32:34
καὶ και and; even
ᾠκοδόμησαν οικοδομεω build
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
τὴν ο the
Δαιβων δαιβων and; even
τὴν ο the
Αταρωθ αταρωθ and; even
τὴν ο the
Αροηρ αροηρ Aroēr; Arir
32:34
וַ wa וְ and
יִּבְנ֣וּ yyivnˈû בנה build
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
גָ֔ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
דִּיבֹ֖ן dîvˌōn דִּיבֹן Dibon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עֲטָרֹ֑ת ʕᵃṭārˈōṯ עֲטָרֹות Ataroth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
עֲרֹעֵֽר׃ ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer
32:34. igitur extruxerunt filii Gad Dibon et Atharoth et Aroer
And the sons of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer,
32:34. Therefore, the sons of Gad built up Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer,
32:34. And the children of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
34-38: «Построили», вернее — восстановили, так как большинство из этих городов существовало ранее прибытия сюда евреев.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:34: The children of Gad built - Aroer - This was situated on the river Arnon, Deu 2:36; Kg2 10:33. It was formerly inhabited by the Emim, a warlike and perhaps gigantic people. They were expelled by the Moabites; the Moabites by the Amorites; and the Amorites by the Israelites. The Gadites then possessed it till the captivity of their tribe, with that of Reuben and the half of the tribe of Manasseh, by the Assyrians, Kg2 15:29, after which the Moabites appear to have repossessed it, as they seem to have occupied it in the days of Jeremiah, Jer 48:15-20.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:34: The cities here named fall into three groups. On Dibon, compare Num 21:19. The Moabite stone was discovered here in 1868. This city, occupied on the first acquisition of the territory by the Gadites, and assigned by Joshua to the Reubenites, was eventually recaptured by the Moabites, in whose hands it remained. Ataroth, i. e., "crowns" (Attarus?) was seven miles northwest of Dibon. Aroer (Arair) lay between Dibon and the Arnon.
Atroth, Shophan - , was Atroth-Shophan, i. e., Atroth, or Ataroth of Shophan, or "of the burrow;" thus distinguished from the Ataroth named in the verse preceding from which it was probably not far distant. These four cities may be styled the Dibon settlement.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:34: Dibon: Eusebius says that Dibon was a large town, near the river Arnon. Burckhardt says, that when he was about an hour's distance north of the Modjeb or Arnon, he was shown to the ne the ruins of Diban, the ancient Dibon, situated in the low ground of the Koura, or plains of Moab. Num 32:3, Num 21:20, Num 33:45, Num 33:46
Aroer: Aroer was situated, according to Eusebius, on a mountain on the north bank of the river Arnon. This is confirmed by Burckhardt, who says it is called Araayr, and is seated on the edge of the precipice, at the foot of which the river flows. Deu 2:36; Isa 17:2
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:34
The Gadites built, i.e., restored and fortified, the following places. Dibon, also called Dibon Gad, an hour's journey to the north of the central Arnon. Ataroth, probably preserved in the extensive ruins of Attarus, on Jebel Attarus, between el Krriath (Kureyat) and Makur, i.e., Machaerus (see Seetzen, ii. p. 342). Aroer, not the Aroer before Rabbah, which was allotted to the Gadites (Josh 13:25), as v. Raumer supposes; but the Aroer of Reuben in the centre of the valley of the Arnon (Josh 12:2; Josh 13:9, Josh 13:16), which is still to be seen in the ruins of Araayr, on the edge of the lofty rocky wall which bounds the Modjeb (Burckhardt, p. 633). Atroth Shophan: only mentioned here; situation unknown. Jaezer: probably to be sought for in the ruins of es Szir, to the west of Ammn (see at Num 21:32). Jogbehah: only mentioned again in Judg 8:11, and preserved in the ruins of Jebeiha, about two hours to the north-west of Ammn (Burckhardt, p. 618; Robinson, App. p. 168). Beth-nimrah, contracted into Nimrah (Num 32:3), according to Josh 13:27, in the valley of the Jordan, and according to the Onomast. (s. v. Βηθναβράν) Beth-amnaram, five Roman miles to the north of Libias (Bethharam), now to be seen in the ruins of Nimrein or Nemrin, where the Wady Shaib enters the Jordan (Burckhardt, pp. 609, 661; Robinson, ii. p. 279), in a site abounding in water and pasturage (Seetzen, ii. pp. 318, 716). Beth-Haran, or Beth-Haram (Josh 13:27): Beth-ramphtha, according to Josephus, Ant. 18:2, 1, which was called Julias, in honour of the wife of Augustus. According to the Onomast. it was called Beth-Ramtha by the Syrians (רמתא בּית, the form of the Aramaean stat. emphat.), and was named Livias by Herod Antipas, in honour of Livia, the wife of Augustus. It has been preserved in the ruins of Rameh, not far from the mouth of the Wady Hesbn (Burckhardt, p. 661, and Robinson, ii. 305). The words וגו מבצר ערי in Num 32:36 are governed by ויּבנוּ in Num 32:34 : "they built them as fortified cities and folds for flocks," i.e., they fortified them, and built folds in them.
John Gill
32:34 And the children of Gad built,.... Or rather repaired the walls and fortifications, and rebuilt houses which had been demolished in the wars with Sihon and Og; when the following places were taken by the Israelites:
Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer; the two first are mentioned in Num 32:3. Aroer was a city situated on the river Arnon, and was after this in the hands of the Moabites: Jerom says (q), it was showed in his day on the top of the mountain, upon the bank of the river Arnon, which flows into the Dead sea, Jer 48:19.
(q) De loc. Heb. fol. 87. I.
John Wesley
32:34 Built - Repaired and fortified. For they neither had need nor leisure as yet to do more, the old cities not being burnt and ruined, as divers in Canaan were.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:34 And the children of Gad built--(See on Num 32:16).
Dibon--identified with Dheban, now in ruins, an hour's distance from the Arnon (Mojeb).
Ataroth (Hebrew, "crowns")--There are several towns so called in Scripture, but this one in the tribe of Gad has not been identified.
Aroer--now Arair, standing on a precipice on the north bank of the Arnon.
32:3532:35: եւ զԱրոեր, եւ զԵսոփար, եւ զՅազեր[1557]. [1557] Այլք. Եւ զԱրոեր եւ զՍովփար։ Ոսկան յաւելուածով ունի. Եւ զԱրոէր. զԱտրօթ. զՍովփար, եւ զՅազէր, Յօգբէհալ։
35 Սոփորն ու Յազերը, դրանք շրջապատեցին բարձր պարիսպներով:
35 Եւ Ատրօթ–Սովփանը, Յազերն ու Յօգբէհան
եւ [523]զՍոփար եւ զՅազեր, եւ [524]բարձրացուցին զնոսա:

32:35: եւ զԱրոեր, եւ զԵսոփար, եւ զՅազեր[1557].
[1557] Այլք. Եւ զԱրոեր եւ զՍովփար։ Ոսկան յաւելուածով ունի. Եւ զԱրոէր. զԱտրօթ. զՍովփար, եւ զՅազէր, Յօգբէհալ։
35 Սոփորն ու Յազերը, դրանք շրջապատեցին բարձր պարիսպներով:
35 Եւ Ատրօթ–Սովփանը, Յազերն ու Յօգբէհան
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3535: и Атароф-Шофан, и Иазер, и Иогбегу,
32:35 καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the Σωφαρ σωφαρ and; even τὴν ο the Ιαζηρ ιαζηρ and; even ὕψωσαν υψοω elevate; lift up αὐτὰς αυτος he; him
32:35 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עַטְרֹ֥ת שֹׁופָ֛ן ʕaṭrˌōṯ šôfˈān עַטְרֹות שֹׁופָן Atroth Shophan וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יַעְזֵ֖ר yaʕzˌēr יַעְזֵר Jazer וְ wᵊ וְ and יָגְבֳּהָֽה׃ yoḡbᵒhˈā יָגְבֳּהָה Jogbehah
32:35. Etrothsophan et Iazer IecbaaAnd Etroth, and Sophan, and Jazer, and Jegbaa,
35. and Atroth-shophan, and Jazer, and Jogbehah;
32:35. and Atroth and Shophan, and Jazer, and Jogbehah,
32:35. And Atroth, Shophan, and Jaazer, and Jogbehah,
And Atroth, Shophan, and Jaazer, and Jogbehah:

35: и Атароф-Шофан, и Иазер, и Иогбегу,
32:35
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
Σωφαρ σωφαρ and; even
τὴν ο the
Ιαζηρ ιαζηρ and; even
ὕψωσαν υψοω elevate; lift up
αὐτὰς αυτος he; him
32:35
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עַטְרֹ֥ת שֹׁופָ֛ן ʕaṭrˌōṯ šôfˈān עַטְרֹות שֹׁופָן Atroth Shophan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יַעְזֵ֖ר yaʕzˌēr יַעְזֵר Jazer
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָגְבֳּהָֽה׃ yoḡbᵒhˈā יָגְבֳּהָה Jogbehah
32:35. Etrothsophan et Iazer Iecbaa
And Etroth, and Sophan, and Jazer, and Jegbaa,
32:35. and Atroth and Shophan, and Jazer, and Jogbehah,
32:35. And Atroth, Shophan, and Jaazer, and Jogbehah,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:35
Jaazer - (compare Num 32:1) with the neighboring "Jogbehah" (Jebeiha), seven miles to the northeast, formed the second group.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:35: Jaazer: Num 32:1, Num 32:3, Jazer
John Gill
32:35 And Atroth, Shophan, and Jaazer, and Jogbehah. Of these no mention is made elsewhere, except Jaazer, which is the same with Jazer, Num 32:3.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:35 Atroth, Shophan, and Jaazer, &c.--Jaazer, near a famed fountain, Ain Hazier, the waters of which flow into Wady Schaib, about fifteen miles from Hesbon. Beth-nimrah, now Nimrin; Heshbon, now Hesban; Elealeh (Hebrew, "the high"), now Elaal; Kirjathaim (Hebrew, "the double city"); Nebo, now Neba, near the mountain of that name; Baal-meon, now Myoun, in ruins, where was a temple of Baal (Josh 13:17; Jer 48:23); Shibmah, or Shebam (Num 32:3), near Heshbon, famous for vines (Is 16:9-10; Jer 48:32).
32:3632:36: եւ բարձրացուցին զնոսա. եւ զՆամրան, եւ զԲաւթառան, քաղաքս ամուրս, եւ դադարս հօտից[1558]։ [1558] Ոմանք. Եւ զԲաւթոռան, քաղաքս։
36 Կառուցեցին նաեւ Նամրանը, Բօթառանը, ամուր քաղաքներ ու անասունների գոմեր:
36 Եւ Բեթնամրան ու Բեթարանը եւ հօտերու փարախներ ալ շինեցին։
եւ զՆամրան եւ զԲաւթառան, քաղաքս ամուրս եւ դադարս հօտից:

32:36: եւ բարձրացուցին զնոսա. եւ զՆամրան, եւ զԲաւթառան, քաղաքս ամուրս, եւ դադարս հօտից[1558]։
[1558] Ոմանք. Եւ զԲաւթոռան, քաղաքս։
36 Կառուցեցին նաեւ Նամրանը, Բօթառանը, ամուր քաղաքներ ու անասունների գոմեր:
36 Եւ Բեթնամրան ու Բեթարանը եւ հօտերու փարախներ ալ շինեցին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3636: и Беф-Нимру и Беф-Гаран, города укрепленные и дворы для овец.
32:36 καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the Ναμβραν ναμβραν and; even τὴν ο the Βαιθαραν βαιθαραν city ὀχυρὰς οχυρος and; even ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge προβάτων προβατον sheep
32:36 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בֵּ֥ית נִמְרָ֖ה bˌêṯ nimrˌā בֵּית נִמְרָה Beth Nimrah וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בֵּ֣ית הָרָ֑ן bˈêṯ hārˈān בֵּית הָרָן Beth Haran עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town מִבְצָ֖ר mivṣˌār מִבְצָר fortification וְ wᵊ וְ and גִדְרֹ֥ת ḡiḏrˌōṯ גְּדֵרָה heap of stones צֹֽאן׃ ṣˈōn צֹאן cattle
32:36. et Bethnemra et Betharan urbes munitas et caulas pecoribus suisAnd Bethnemra, and Betharan, fenced cities, and folds for their cattle.
36. and Beth-nimrah, and Beth-haran: fenced cities, and folds for sheep.
32:36. and Beth-Nimrah, and Beth-Haran, as fortified cities with pens for their cattle.
32:36. And Bethnimrah, and Bethharan, fenced cities: and folds for sheep.
And Beth- nimrah, and Beth- haran, fenced cities: and folds for sheep:

36: и Беф-Нимру и Беф-Гаран, города укрепленные и дворы для овец.
32:36
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
Ναμβραν ναμβραν and; even
τὴν ο the
Βαιθαραν βαιθαραν city
ὀχυρὰς οχυρος and; even
ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge
προβάτων προβατον sheep
32:36
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בֵּ֥ית נִמְרָ֖ה bˌêṯ nimrˌā בֵּית נִמְרָה Beth Nimrah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בֵּ֣ית הָרָ֑ן bˈêṯ hārˈān בֵּית הָרָן Beth Haran
עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town
מִבְצָ֖ר mivṣˌār מִבְצָר fortification
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גִדְרֹ֥ת ḡiḏrˌōṯ גְּדֵרָה heap of stones
צֹֽאן׃ ṣˈōn צֹאן cattle
32:36. et Bethnemra et Betharan urbes munitas et caulas pecoribus suis
And Bethnemra, and Betharan, fenced cities, and folds for their cattle.
32:36. and Beth-Nimrah, and Beth-Haran, as fortified cities with pens for their cattle.
32:36. And Bethnimrah, and Bethharan, fenced cities: and folds for sheep.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:36
The third Gadite settlement lay in the valley of the Jordan, to the west of the preceding. It comprised the cities of Bethnimrah (Nimrun) and "Beth-haran" (Beit-ha-ran).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:36: Bethnimrah: Probably the same as Nimrim in Jer 48:34, and the Bethnabris mentioned by Eusebius, five miles north from Livias. Burckhardt says, that "in the valley of the Jordan, south of Abou Obeida, are the ruins of Nemrim, probably the Beth-nimrah of the Scriptures." Num 32:3, Nimrah
fenced cities: Num 32:24
John Gill
32:36 And Bethnimrah, and Bethharan, fenced cities,.... The first of these is the same with Nimrah, Num 32:3, and the other is the same with Betharam, Josh 13:27, it is called in the Jerusalem Talmud (r), Bethramtha, and so by the Syrians, Bethramphta; and to the same place Herod gave the name of Livias or Julias (s): these cities the children of Gad built or repaired for their families:
and folds for sheep; they also built for their cattle, as they promised to do, and Moses enjoined them, Num 32:16.
(r) Sheviith, fol. 38. 4. (s) Vid. Reland. Palestin. Illustrat. par. 2. p. 643.
32:3732:37: Եւ որդիքն Ռուբինի շինեցին զԵսեբոն, եւ զԵղիեղէթ, եւ զԿարիեթեմ[1559]. [1559] Ոմանք. Եւ զԵղիեղէն, եւ զԿարիեթամ։
37 Ռուբէնի ցեղի մարդիկ կառուցեցին Եսեբոնը, Էլէալէթը, Կարիաթեմը,
37 Ռուբէնին որդիներն ալ Եսեբոնը, Եղէաղէն ու Կարիաթեմը շինեցին
Եւ որդիքն Ռուբենի շինեցին զԵսեբոն եւ զԵղիաղէ եւ զԿարիաթեմ:

32:37: Եւ որդիքն Ռուբինի շինեցին զԵսեբոն, եւ զԵղիեղէթ, եւ զԿարիեթեմ[1559].
[1559] Ոմանք. Եւ զԵղիեղէն, եւ զԿարիեթամ։
37 Ռուբէնի ցեղի մարդիկ կառուցեցին Եսեբոնը, Էլէալէթը, Կարիաթեմը,
37 Ռուբէնին որդիներն ալ Եսեբոնը, Եղէաղէն ու Կարիաթեմը շինեցին
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3737: И сыны Рувимовы построили Есевон, Елеале, Кириафаим,
32:37 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben ᾠκοδόμησαν οικοδομεω build τὴν ο the Εσεβων εσεβων and; even Ελεαλη ελεαλη and; even Καριαθαιμ καριαθαιμ Kariathaim; Kariathem
32:37 וּ û וְ and בְנֵ֤י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son רְאוּבֵן֙ rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben בָּנ֔וּ bānˈû בנה build אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חֶשְׁבֹּ֖ון ḥešbˌôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֶלְעָלֵ֑א ʔelʕālˈē אֶלְעָלֵה Elealeh וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] קִרְיָתָֽיִם׃ qiryāṯˈāyim קִרְיָתָיִם Kiriathaim
32:37. filii vero Ruben aedificaverunt Esbon et Eleale et CariathaimBut the children of Ruben built Hesebon, and Eleale, and Cariathaim,
37. And the children of Reuben built Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kiriathaim;
32:37. Yet truly, the sons of Ruben built up Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kiriathaim,
32:37. And the children of Reuben built Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kirjathaim,
And the children of Reuben built Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kirjathaim:

37: И сыны Рувимовы построили Есевон, Елеале, Кириафаим,
32:37
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
ᾠκοδόμησαν οικοδομεω build
τὴν ο the
Εσεβων εσεβων and; even
Ελεαλη ελεαλη and; even
Καριαθαιμ καριαθαιμ Kariathaim; Kariathem
32:37
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵ֤י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵן֙ rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
בָּנ֔וּ bānˈû בנה build
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חֶשְׁבֹּ֖ון ḥešbˌôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֶלְעָלֵ֑א ʔelʕālˈē אֶלְעָלֵה Elealeh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
קִרְיָתָֽיִם׃ qiryāṯˈāyim קִרְיָתָיִם Kiriathaim
32:37. filii vero Ruben aedificaverunt Esbon et Eleale et Cariathaim
But the children of Ruben built Hesebon, and Eleale, and Cariathaim,
32:37. Yet truly, the sons of Ruben built up Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kiriathaim,
32:37. And the children of Reuben built Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kirjathaim,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:37: The Reubenites established themselves more compactly than the Gadites. Elcalch (el-'Al) a mile to the northeast; Nebo (Nebbeh) probably three miles to the southwest; Baal-meon (Main) nearly two miles to the south; Kirjathaim (Kureiyat?): and Shibmah, more properly Sibmah, famous at a later period for its vines (compare Isa 16:8), four miles east of Heshbon; all clustered round the old Amorite Capital. The Reubenites probably retained at the partition all these cities with the exception of Heshbon, which, passing to the Levites, were thenceforth reckoned as within the tribe of Gad.
Neither the Reubenites nor the Gadites were "builders" in the sense of founders of the cities of which they thus took possession. They probably fortified them, for the first time or afresh, so as to render them places of safety for their families during the campaigns on the other side of the Jordan; and provided them with all conveniences for their flocks and herds.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:37: Heshbon: Num 32:3, Num 21:27; Isa 15:4
Elealeh: Elealeh is placed, by Eusebius, a mile from Heshbon. It is now called El Aal, "the high," and is situated on a hill.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:37
The Reubenites built Heshbon, the capital of king Sihon (see Num 21:16), which was allotted to the tribe of Reuben (Josh 13:17), but relinquished to the Gadites, because it was situated upon the border of their territory, and given up by them to the Levites (Josh 21:39; 1Chron 6:66). It stood almost in the centre between the Arnon and Jabbok, opposite to Jericho, and, according to the Onomast., twenty Roman miles from the Jordan, where the ruins of a large town of about a mile in circumference are still to be seen, with deep bricked wells, and a large reservoir, bearing the ancient name of Hesban or H׬sban (Seetzen; Burckhardt, p. 623; Robinson, Pal. ii. 278; cf. v. Raumer, Pal. p. 262; and Ritter's Erdkunde, xv. p. 1176). - Elealeh: half-an-hour's journey to the north-east of Heshbon, now called el Aal, i.e., the height, upon the top of a hill, from which you can see the whole of southern Belka; it is now in ruins with many cisterns, pieces of wall, and foundations of houses (Burckhardt, p. 523). - Kirjathaim, probably to the south-west of Medeba, where the ruins of el Teym are not to be found (see at Gen 14:5). Nebo, on Mount Nebo (see at Num 27:12). The Onomast. places the town eight Roman miles to the south of Heshbon, whilst the mountain is six Roman miles to the west of that town. Baal-Meon, called Beon in Num 32:3, Beth-Meon in Jer 48:23, and more fully Beth-Baal-Meon in Josh 13:17, is probably to be found, not in the ruins of Maein discovered by Seetzen and Legh, an hour's journey to the south-west of Tueme (Teim), and the same distance to the north of Habbis, on the north-east of Jebel Attarus, and nine Roman miles to the south of Heshbon, as most of the modern commentators from Rosenm׬ller to Knobel suppose; but in the ruins of Myun, mentioned by Burckhardt (p. 624), three-quarters of an hour to the south-east of Heshbon, where we find it marked upon Kiepert's and Van de Velde's maps.
(Note: Although Baal-Meon is unquestionably identified with Maein in the Onom. (see v. Raumer, Pal. p. 259), 1Chron 5:8 is decidedly at variance with this. It is stated there that "Bela dwelt in Aroer, and even unto Nebo and Baal-Meon," a statement which places Baal-Meon in the neighbourhood of Nebo, like the passage before us, and is irreconcilable with the supposition that it was identical with Maein in the neighbourhood of Attarus. In the case of Seetzen, however, the identification of Maein with Baal-Meon is connected with the supposition, which is now generally regarded as erroneous, namely, that Nebo is the same as the Jebel Attarus. (See, on the other hand, Hengstenberg, Balaam; and Ritter's Erdkunde, xv. pp. 1187ff.))
Shibmah (Num 32:3, Shebam), which was only 500 paces from Heshbon, according to Jerome (on Is 14:8), has apparently disappeared, without leaving a trace behind.
(Note: The difference in the forms Shibmah, Baal-Meon (Num 32:38), and Beth-Nimrah (Num 32:36), instead of Shebam, Beon, and Nimrah (Num 32:3), is rendered useless as a proof that Num 32:3 is Jehovistic, and Num 32:36-38 Elohistic, from the simple fact that Baal-Meon itself is a contraction of Beth-Baal-Meon (Josh 13:17). If the Elohist could write this name fully in one place and abbreviated in another, he could just as well contract it still further, and by exchanging the labials call it Beon; and so also he could no doubt omit the Beth in the case of Nimrah, and use the masculine form Shebam in the place of Shibmah. The contraction of the names in Num 32:3 is especially connected with the fact, that diplomatic exactness was not required for an historical account, but that the abbreviated forms in common use were quite sufficient.)
Thus all the places built by the Reubenites were but a short distance from Heshbon, and surrounded this capita; whereas those built by the Gadites were some of them to the south of it, on the Arnon, and others to the north, towards Rabbath-Ammon. It is perfectly obvious from this, that the restoration of these towns took place before the distribution of the land among these tribes, without any regard to their possession afterwards. In the distribution, therefore, the southernmost of the towns built by the Gadites, viz., Aroer, Dibon, and Ataroth, fell to the tribe of Reuben; and Heshbon, which was built by the Reubenites, fell to the tribe of Gad. The words שׁם מוּסבּת, "changed of name," are governed by בּנוּ: "they built the towns with an alteration of their names," mutatis nominibus (for סבב, in the sense of changing, see Zech 14:10). There is not sufficient ground for altering the text, שׁם into שׁוּר (Knobel), according to the περικυκλωμένας of the lxx, or the περιτετευχισμένας of Symmachus. The Masoretic text is to be found not only in the Chaldee, the Syriac, the Vulgate, and the Saadic versions, but also in the Samaritan. The expression itself, too, cannot be justly described as "awkward," nor is it a valid objection that the naming is mentioned afterwards; for altering the name of a town and giving it a new name are not tautological. The insertion of the words, "their names being changed," before Shibmah, is an indication that the latter place did not receive any other name. Moreover, the new names which the builders gave to these towns did not continue in use long, but were soon pressed out by the old ones again. "And they called by names the names of the towns:" this is a roundabout way of saying, they called the towns by (other, or new) names: cf. 1Chron 6:50.
John Gill
32:37 And the children of Reuben built Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kirjathaim. Heshbon was the royal city of Sihon king of the Amorites, and Elealeh was within a mile of it, see Num 32:3, this shows that those cities were not built anew properly, only repaired, for they were cities in being long before; besides, they had not time to build new cities, for in a few months after this they passed over Jordan; though indeed they left men enough behind to rebuild cities, whom they might set to work about them when they departed: Kirjathaim is, by the Targum of Jonathan, called the city of two streets paved with marble, and it adds, this is Beresha: Jerom (t) says, it is now called Coraiatha, which is pretty near its ancient name, and that it is ten miles from Medeba, a city of Arabia, mentioned as one of the cities in the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, Num 21:30.
(t) De loc. Heb. fol. 89. M.
32:3832:38: եւ զԲէեղմոն, շուրջ ամրացուցեալս, եւ զՍեբամայ. եւ անուանեցին ըստ անուանց իւրեանց զանուանս քաղաքացն՝ զոր շինեցին[1560]։ [1560] Ոսկան յաւելու. Եւ զՆէբօ եւ զԲէէլմօն։
38 Բէելմէոնը՝ չորս կողմից պարսպապատ, եւ Սեմաբան: Իրենց կառուցած քաղաքներն անուանեցին իրենց իսկ անուններով:
38 Ու Նաբաւը եւ Բէէլմօնը, (որոնց անունները փոխեցին,) ու Սեբաման ու իրենց շինած քաղաքներուն իրենց անունները* դրին։
եւ [525]զԲէեղմէովն, շուրջ ամրացուցեալս,`` եւ զՍեբամայ. եւ անուանեցին ըստ անուանց իւրեանց զանուանս քաղաքացն զոր շինեցին:

32:38: եւ զԲէեղմոն, շուրջ ամրացուցեալս, եւ զՍեբամայ. եւ անուանեցին ըստ անուանց իւրեանց զանուանս քաղաքացն՝ զոր շինեցին[1560]։
[1560] Ոսկան յաւելու. Եւ զՆէբօ եւ զԲէէլմօն։
38 Բէելմէոնը՝ չորս կողմից պարսպապատ, եւ Սեմաբան: Իրենց կառուցած քաղաքներն անուանեցին իրենց իսկ անուններով:
38 Ու Նաբաւը եւ Բէէլմօնը, (որոնց անունները փոխեցին,) ու Սեբաման ու իրենց շինած քաղաքներուն իրենց անունները* դրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3838: и Нево, и Ваал-Меон, которых имена переменены, и Сивму, и дали имена городам, которые они построили.
32:38 καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the Βεελμεων βεελμεων encircle; surround καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the Σεβαμα σεβαμα and; even ἐπωνόμασαν επονομαζω named κατὰ κατα down; by τὰ ο the ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable αὐτῶν αυτος he; him τὰ ο the ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city ἃς ος who; what ᾠκοδόμησαν οικοδομεω build
32:38 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נְבֹ֞ו nᵊvˈô נְבֹו [mountain] וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בַּ֧עַל מְעֹ֛ון bˈaʕal mᵊʕˈôn בַּעַל מְעֹון Baal Meon מֽוּסַבֹּ֥ת mˈûsabbˌōṯ סבב turn שֵׁ֖ם šˌēm שֵׁם name וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שִׂבְמָ֑ה śivmˈā שִׂבְמָה Sibmah וַ wa וְ and יִּקְרְא֣וּ yyiqrᵊʔˈû קרא call בְ vᵊ בְּ in שֵׁמֹ֔ת šēmˈōṯ שֵׁם name אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שְׁמֹ֥ות šᵊmˌôṯ שֵׁם name הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בָּנֽוּ׃ bānˈû בנה build
32:38. et Nabo et Baalmeon versis nominibus Sabama quoque inponentes vocabula urbibus quas extruxerantAnd Nabo, and Baalmeon (their names being changed) and Sabama: giving names to the cities which they had built.
38. and Nebo, and Baal-meon, ( their names being changed,) and Sibmah: and gave other names unto the cities which they builded.
32:38. and Nebo, and Baal-meon (their names having been changed) and Sibmah, appointing names for the cities which they had built.
32:38. And Nebo, and Baalmeon, (their names being changed,) and Shibmah: and gave other names unto the cities which they builded.
And Nebo, and Baal- meon, ( their names being changed,) and Shibmah: and gave other names unto the cities which they builded:

38: и Нево, и Ваал-Меон, которых имена переменены, и Сивму, и дали имена городам, которые они построили.
32:38
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
Βεελμεων βεελμεων encircle; surround
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
Σεβαμα σεβαμα and; even
ἐπωνόμασαν επονομαζω named
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὰ ο the
ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
τὰ ο the
ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
ἃς ος who; what
ᾠκοδόμησαν οικοδομεω build
32:38
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נְבֹ֞ו nᵊvˈô נְבֹו [mountain]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בַּ֧עַל מְעֹ֛ון bˈaʕal mᵊʕˈôn בַּעַל מְעֹון Baal Meon
מֽוּסַבֹּ֥ת mˈûsabbˌōṯ סבב turn
שֵׁ֖ם šˌēm שֵׁם name
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שִׂבְמָ֑ה śivmˈā שִׂבְמָה Sibmah
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְרְא֣וּ yyiqrᵊʔˈû קרא call
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
שֵׁמֹ֔ת šēmˈōṯ שֵׁם name
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שְׁמֹ֥ות šᵊmˌôṯ שֵׁם name
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בָּנֽוּ׃ bānˈû בנה build
32:38. et Nabo et Baalmeon versis nominibus Sabama quoque inponentes vocabula urbibus quas extruxerant
And Nabo, and Baalmeon (their names being changed) and Sabama: giving names to the cities which they had built.
32:38. and Nebo, and Baal-meon (their names having been changed) and Sibmah, appointing names for the cities which they had built.
32:38. And Nebo, and Baalmeon, (their names being changed,) and Shibmah: and gave other names unto the cities which they builded.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:38: And Nebo - their names being changed - That is, Those who conquered the cities called them after their own names. Thus the city Kenath, being conquered by Nobah, was called after his name, Num 32:42.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:38: Nebo: Isa 46:1
Baalmeon: This town is placed, by Eusebius and Jerome, nine miles from Heshbon, at the foot of mount Abarim. Num 22:41
gave other names unto the cities: Heb. they called by names the names of the cities, Num 32:3; Gen 26:18; Exo 23:13; Jos 23:7; Psa 16:4; Isa 46:1
John Gill
32:38 And Nebo, and Baalmeon, (their names being changed,).... For Nebo was the name of an idol, after which perhaps the city was called: Baalmeon signifies "Baal's habitation", and where it is highly probable was a temple of his; and the children of Reuben, not liking to retain such idolatrous names, gave them others, but what they were it is not said; and certain it is, that when these places came into the hands of the Moabites, their ancient names were restored to them, as appears from Is 15:2.
and Shibmah; the same with Shebam, Num 32:3, and gave other names unto the cities which they built; but they are neither known, nor did they always continue, as has been observed.
John Wesley
32:38 Their names changed - Either because conquerers of places used to do so: or because the names of other Gods (which Nebo and Baal - meon unquestionably were) were not to be mentioned, Ex 23:13.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:38 (their names being changed)--either because it was the general custom of conquerors to do so; or, rather, because from the prohibition to mention the names of other gods (Ex 23:13), as Nebo and Baal were, it was expedient on the first settlement of the Israelites to obliterate all remembrance of those idols. (See Josh 13:17-20).
32:3932:39: Եւ գնաց որդի Մաքիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի ՚ի Գաղաադ՝ եւ ա՛ռ զնա, եւ կորոյս զԱմովրհացին որ բնակեալ էր ՚ի նմա[1561]։ [1561] Ոսկան. Եւ գնացին որդիք Մաքիրայ.. եւ առին.. եւ կորուսին։
39 Մանասէի որդի Մաքիրի յետնորդները գնացին Գաղաադ, գրաւեցին այն ու ոչնչացրին այնտեղ բնակուող ամորհացիներին:
39 Եւ Մանասեան Մաքիրին որդիները Գաղաադ գացին ու առին զանիկա եւ անոր մէջ բնակող Ամօրհացիները վռնտեցին։
Եւ [526]գնաց որդի`` Մաքիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի ի Գաղաադ եւ [527]առ զնա, եւ կորոյս`` զԱմովրհացին որ բնակեալ էր ի նմա:

32:39: Եւ գնաց որդի Մաքիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի ՚ի Գաղաադ՝ եւ ա՛ռ զնա, եւ կորոյս զԱմովրհացին որ բնակեալ էր ՚ի նմա[1561]։
[1561] Ոսկան. Եւ գնացին որդիք Մաքիրայ.. եւ առին.. եւ կորուսին։
39 Մանասէի որդի Մաքիրի յետնորդները գնացին Գաղաադ, գրաւեցին այն ու ոչնչացրին այնտեղ բնակուող ամորհացիներին:
39 Եւ Մանասեան Մաքիրին որդիները Գաղաադ գացին ու առին զանիկա եւ անոր մէջ բնակող Ամօրհացիները վռնտեցին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3939: И пошли сыны Махира, сына Манассиина, в Галаад, и взяли его, и выгнали Аморреев, которые были в нем;
32:39 καὶ και and; even ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go υἱὸς υιος son Μαχιρ μαχιρ son Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis εἰς εις into; for Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get αὐτὴν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἀπώλεσεν απολλυμι destroy; lose τὸν ο the Αμορραῖον αμορραιος the κατοικοῦντα κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
32:39 וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ yyˌēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk בְּנֵ֨י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son מָכִ֧יר māḵˈîr מָכִיר Makir בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son מְנַשֶּׁ֛ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh גִּלְעָ֖דָה gilʕˌāḏā גִּלְעָד Gilead וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּלְכְּדֻ֑הָ yyilkᵊḏˈuhā לכד seize וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֖ורֶשׁ yyˌôreš ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֥י ʔᵉmōrˌî אֱמֹרִי Amorite אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
32:39. porro filii Machir filii Manasse perrexerunt in Galaad et vastaverunt eam interfecto Amorreo habitatore eiusMoreover the children of Machir, the son of Manasses, went into Galaad, and wasted it, cutting off the Amorrhites, the inhabitants thereof.
39. And the children of Machir the son of Manasseh went to Gilead, and took it, and dispossessed the Amorites which were therein.
32:39. Moreover, the sons of Machir, the son of Manasseh, continued on within Gilead, and they devastated it, putting to death its inhabitant, the Amorite.
32:39. And the children of Machir the son of Manasseh went to Gilead, and took it, and dispossessed the Amorite which [was] in it.
And the children of Machir the son of Manasseh went to Gilead, and took it, and dispossessed the Amorite which [was] in it:

39: И пошли сыны Махира, сына Манассиина, в Галаад, и взяли его, и выгнали Аморреев, которые были в нем;
32:39
καὶ και and; even
ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go
υἱὸς υιος son
Μαχιρ μαχιρ son
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
εἰς εις into; for
Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even
ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀπώλεσεν απολλυμι destroy; lose
τὸν ο the
Αμορραῖον αμορραιος the
κατοικοῦντα κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
32:39
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ yyˌēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk
בְּנֵ֨י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
מָכִ֧יר māḵˈîr מָכִיר Makir
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
מְנַשֶּׁ֛ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
גִּלְעָ֖דָה gilʕˌāḏā גִּלְעָד Gilead
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּלְכְּדֻ֑הָ yyilkᵊḏˈuhā לכד seize
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֖ורֶשׁ yyˌôreš ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֥י ʔᵉmōrˌî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
32:39. porro filii Machir filii Manasse perrexerunt in Galaad et vastaverunt eam interfecto Amorreo habitatore eius
Moreover the children of Machir, the son of Manasses, went into Galaad, and wasted it, cutting off the Amorrhites, the inhabitants thereof.
32:39. Moreover, the sons of Machir, the son of Manasseh, continued on within Gilead, and they devastated it, putting to death its inhabitant, the Amorite.
32:39. And the children of Machir the son of Manasseh went to Gilead, and took it, and dispossessed the Amorite which [was] in it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
39-42: Подробнее о размещении колен Рувима, Гада и полуколена Манассии см. Втор III:12–20; Нав XIII:8–12, 24–31.

Рувим и Гад заняли юг восточного Заиорданья; Манассия — север, причем потомки Манассии «сыны Махира» утвердились по преимуществу в Галааде, а «сыны Иаира» — по преимуществу в Васане.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:39: The children of Machir - Machir, the son of Manasseh, was long since dead: even his sons had been brought up upon Joseph's knees Gen 50:23. But the renown acquired by his descendants raised his family almost to the dignity of a tribe; and the Machirites are in the next verse styled Machir, just as the children of Judah or of Ephraim are often spoken of as Judah or Ephraim. So in Jdg 5:14 Machir is coupled with Ephraim and Zebulun.
Went - i. e., "had gone:" the statement is preparatory to the ensuing record of the grant to them of the land they had won.
Gilead - More strictly part of north Gilead; which, though inhabited by the Amorites, had belonged to the kingdom of Og. Gilead was the district from which had sprung the ancestress of the Machirites (compare Ch1 7:14).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:39: Num 26:29; Gen 50:23; Jos 17:1
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:39
Moses gave the Manassites the land which was conquered by them; in fact, the whole of the kingdom of Bashan, including not only the province of Bashan, but the northern half of Gilead (see at Num 21:33-34). Of this the sons of Machir received Gilead, the modern Jebel Ajlun, between the Jabbok (Zerka) and the Mandhur (Hieromax, Jarmuk), because they had taken it and driven out the Amorites and destroyed them (see Deut 3:13). The imperfects in Num 32:39 are to be understood in the sense of pluperfects, the different parts being linked together by w consec. according to the simple style of the Semitic historical writings explained in the note on Gen 2:19, and the leading thought being preceded by the clauses which explain it, instead of their being logically subordinated to it. "The sons of Machir went to Gilead and took it...and Moses gave," etc., instead of "Moses gave Gilead to the sons of Machir, who had gone thither and taken it..." The words בּהּ ויּשׁב, "Machir dwelt therein (in Gilead)," do not point to a later period than the time of Moses, but simply state that the Machirites took possession of Gilead. As soon as Moses had given them the conquered land for their possession, they no doubt brought their families, like the Gadites and Reubenites, and settled them in fortified towns, that they might dwell there in safety, whilst the fighting men helped the other tribes to conquer Canaan. ישׁב signifies not merely "to dwell," but literally to place oneself, or settle down (e.g., Gen 36:8, etc.), and is even applied to the temporary sojourn of the Israelites in particular encampments (Num 20:1). - Machir (Num 32:40): for the sons of Machir, or Machirites (Num 26:29). But as Gilead does not mean the whole of the land with this name, but only the northern half, so the sons of Machir are not the whole of his posterity, but simply those who formed the family of Machirites which bore its father's name (Num 26:29), i.e., the seven fathers' houses or divisions of the family, the heads of which are named in 1Chron 5:24. The other descendants of Machir through Gilead, who formed the six families of Gilead mentioned in Num 26:29-33, and Josh 17:2, received their inheritance in Canaan proper (Josh 17).
John Gill
32:39 And the children of Machir the son of Manasseh went to Gilead, and took it,.... That part of it which Moses gave unto the half tribe of Manasseh, which till now was in the hand of the Amorites; for half Mount Gilead, and the cities thereof, were given to the Reubenites and Gadites, which is the land of Gilead they desired, and which was already conquered; for they call it the country which the Lord smote before Israel, Num 32:1,
and dispossessed the Amorite which was in it; for though they were driven out of one part of Gilead, yet not out of the whole.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:39 Gilead--now Jelud.
32:4032:40: Եւ ետ Մովսէս զԳաղաադ Մաքիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի. եւ բնակեցաւ անդ։
40 Մովսէսը Գաղաադը տուեց Մանասէի որդի Մաքիրին, որը եւ բնակուեց այնտեղ:
40 Մովսէս Գաղաադը տուաւ Մանասեան Մաքիրին, որ հոն բնակեցաւ։
Եւ ետ Մովսէս զԳաղաադ Մաքիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի, եւ բնակեցաւ անդ:

32:40: Եւ ետ Մովսէս զԳաղաադ Մաքիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի. եւ բնակեցաւ անդ։
40 Մովսէսը Գաղաադը տուեց Մանասէի որդի Մաքիրին, որը եւ բնակուեց այնտեղ:
40 Մովսէս Գաղաադը տուաւ Մանասեան Մաքիրին, որ հոն բնակեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:4040: и отдал Моисей Галаад Махиру, сыну Манассии, и он поселился в нем.
32:40 καὶ και and; even ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τὴν ο the Γαλααδ γαλααδ the Μαχιρ μαχιρ son Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis καὶ και and; even κατῴκησεν κατοικεω settle ἐκεῖ εκει there
32:40 וַ wa וְ and יִּתֵּ֤ן yyittˈēn נתן give מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָ֔ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead לְ lᵊ לְ to מָכִ֖יר māḵˌîr מָכִיר Makir בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֖שֶׁב yyˌēšev ישׁב sit בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
32:40. dedit ergo Moses terram Galaad Machir filio Manasse qui habitavit in eaAnd Moses gave the land of Galaad to Machir the son of Manasses, and he dwelt in it.
40. And Moses gave Gilead unto Machir the son of Manasseh; and he dwelt therein.
32:40. Therefore, Moses gave the land of Gilead to Machir, the son of Manasseh, and he lived in it.
32:40. And Moses gave Gilead unto Machir the son of Manasseh; and he dwelt therein.
And Moses gave Gilead unto Machir the son of Manasseh; and he dwelt therein:

40: и отдал Моисей Галаад Махиру, сыну Манассии, и он поселился в нем.
32:40
καὶ και and; even
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τὴν ο the
Γαλααδ γαλααδ the
Μαχιρ μαχιρ son
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
καὶ και and; even
κατῴκησεν κατοικεω settle
ἐκεῖ εκει there
32:40
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתֵּ֤ן yyittˈēn נתן give
מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָ֔ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מָכִ֖יר māḵˌîr מָכִיר Makir
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֖שֶׁב yyˌēšev ישׁב sit
בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
32:40. dedit ergo Moses terram Galaad Machir filio Manasse qui habitavit in ea
And Moses gave the land of Galaad to Machir the son of Manasses, and he dwelt in it.
32:40. Therefore, Moses gave the land of Gilead to Machir, the son of Manasseh, and he lived in it.
32:40. And Moses gave Gilead unto Machir the son of Manasseh; and he dwelt therein.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:40: Deu 3:13-15; Jos 13:29-31, Jos 17:1
John Gill
32:40 And Moses gave Gilead unto Machir the son of Manasseh,.... That is, to the children of Machir, who went and took it; though some say, as Aben Ezra observes, that Machir himself was now alive, and that it was given to him, but that is not probable; for, supposing him to be living when the children of Israel came out of Egypt, all that came from thence, who were twenty years old and upwards, died in the wilderness, excepting two, see Num 32:11,
and he dwelt therein; that is, the family of the Macharite; see Num 26:29.
John Wesley
32:40 Machir - Not to Machir himself, who doubtless was long since dead, but the family or posterity of Machir.
32:4132:41: Եւ Յայիր Մանասեան չոգաւ՝ ա՛ռ զքաղաքս նոցա, եւ անուանեաց զնոսա Աւանս Յայիրայ։
41 Մանասէի որդի Յայիրը գրաւեց նրանց քաղաքները, որոնք կոչեց «Յայիրի աւաններ»:
41 Ու Մանասեան Յայիր գնաց անոնց գիւղաքաղաքները առաւ ու զանոնք Հաւօթ–Յայիր* անուանեց։
Եւ Յայիր Մանասեան չոքաւ առ զքաղաքս նոցա, եւ անուանեաց զնոսա Աւանս Յայիրայ:

32:41: Եւ Յայիր Մանասեան չոգաւ՝ ա՛ռ զքաղաքս նոցա, եւ անուանեաց զնոսա Աւանս Յայիրայ։
41 Մանասէի որդի Յայիրը գրաւեց նրանց քաղաքները, որոնք կոչեց «Յայիրի աւաններ»:
41 Ու Մանասեան Յայիր գնաց անոնց գիւղաքաղաքները առաւ ու զանոնք Հաւօթ–Յայիր* անուանեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:4141: И Иаир, сын Манассии, пошел и взял селения их, и назвал их: селения Иаировы.
32:41 καὶ και and; even Ιαϊρ ιαιρ the τοῦ ο the Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go καὶ και and; even ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get τὰς ο the ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐπωνόμασεν επονομαζω named αὐτὰς αυτος he; him ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge Ιαϊρ ιαιρ Iair; Ier
32:41 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָאִ֤יר yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son מְנַשֶּׁה֙ mᵊnaššˌeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh הָלַ֔ךְ hālˈaḵ הלך walk וַ wa וְ and יִּלְכֹּ֖ד yyilkˌōḏ לכד seize אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חַוֹּתֵיהֶ֑ם ḥawwōṯêhˈem חַוָּה tent camp וַ wa וְ and יִּקְרָ֥א yyiqrˌā קרא call אֶתְהֶ֖ן ʔeṯhˌen אֵת [object marker] חַוֹּ֥ת ḥawwˌōṯ חַוָּה tent camp יָאִֽיר׃ yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair
32:41. Iair autem filius Manasse abiit et occupavit vicos eius quos appellavit Avothiair id est villas IairAnd Jair the son of Manasses went, and took the villages thereof, and he called them Havoth Jair, that is to say, the villages of Jair.
41. And Jair the son of Manasseh went and took the towns thereof, and called them Havvoth-jair.
32:41. But Jair, the son of Manasseh, went out and occupied its villages, which he called Havoth Jair, that is, the Villages of Jair.
32:41. And Jair the son of Manasseh went and took the small towns thereof, and called them Havothjair.
And Jair the son of Manasseh went and took the small towns thereof, and called them Havoth- jair:

41: И Иаир, сын Манассии, пошел и взял селения их, и назвал их: селения Иаировы.
32:41
καὶ και and; even
Ιαϊρ ιαιρ the
τοῦ ο the
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go
καὶ και and; even
ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get
τὰς ο the
ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐπωνόμασεν επονομαζω named
αὐτὰς αυτος he; him
ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge
Ιαϊρ ιαιρ Iair; Ier
32:41
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָאִ֤יר yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
מְנַשֶּׁה֙ mᵊnaššˌeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
הָלַ֔ךְ hālˈaḵ הלך walk
וַ wa וְ and
יִּלְכֹּ֖ד yyilkˌōḏ לכד seize
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חַוֹּתֵיהֶ֑ם ḥawwōṯêhˈem חַוָּה tent camp
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְרָ֥א yyiqrˌā קרא call
אֶתְהֶ֖ן ʔeṯhˌen אֵת [object marker]
חַוֹּ֥ת ḥawwˌōṯ חַוָּה tent camp
יָאִֽיר׃ yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair
32:41. Iair autem filius Manasse abiit et occupavit vicos eius quos appellavit Avothiair id est villas Iair
And Jair the son of Manasses went, and took the villages thereof, and he called them Havoth Jair, that is to say, the villages of Jair.
32:41. But Jair, the son of Manasseh, went out and occupied its villages, which he called Havoth Jair, that is, the Villages of Jair.
32:41. And Jair the son of Manasseh went and took the small towns thereof, and called them Havothjair.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:41: Havoth-jair - That is, the villages or habitations of Jair; and thus they should have been translated. As these two tribes and a half were the first, says Ainsworth, who had their inheritance assigned to them in the promised land, so they were the first of all Israel that were carried captive out of their own land, because of their sins. "For they transgressed against the God of their fathers, and went a whoring after other gods. And God delivered them into the hands of Pul and Tiglath-Pilneser, kings of Assyria, and they brought them to Halah, Habor, Hara, and Gozan, unto this day." See Ch1 5:25, Ch1 5:26.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:41: The exploits of Jair - he was the conqueror of Argob Deu 3:14 - gave new. luster to his name; and the fame of the family is attested by the history of Jair the Israelite judge, doubtless a descendant; perhaps also by the mention of Jairus Luk 8:41, the ruler of the synagogue at the neighboring city of Capernaum.
Havoth-jair - That is, the villages, or rather groups of tents, or "kraals," of Jair. Originally they were twenty-three in number Ch1 2:22 : in the days of the youuger Jair, to whom they probably descended by inheritance, they either had increased to thirty, or were reckoned at that round number Jdg 10:4.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:41: Jair: Deu 3:14; Jos 13:30; Ch1 2:21-23
Havothjair: Jdg 10:4; Kg1 4:13
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:41
The family of Manasseh named after Machir included "Jair the son (i.e., descendant) of Manasseh." Jair, that is to say, was the grandson of a daughter of Machir the son of Manasseh, and therefore a great-grandson of Manasseh on the mother's side. His father Segub was the son of Hezron of the tribe of Judah, who had married a daughter of Manasseh (1Chron 2:21-22); so that Jair, or rather Segub, had gone over with his descendants into the maternal tribe, contrary to the ordinary rule, and probably because Machir had portioned his daughter with a rich dowry like an heiress. Jair took possession of the whole of the province of Argob in Bashan, i.e., in the plain of Jaulan and Hauran (Deut 3:4 and Deut 3:14), and gave the conquered towns the name of Havvoth Jair, i.e., Jair's-lives (see at Deut 3:14).
Geneva 1599
32:41 And Jair the son of Manasseh went and took the small towns thereof, and called them (n) Havothjair.
(n) That is the villages of Jair.
John Gill
32:41 And Jair the son of Manasseh,.... By his mother's side, otherwise he was of the family of Judah; for Hezron, of the family of Judah, married a daughter of Machir, the son of Manasseh, by whom he had a son called Segub, who was the father of Jair, 1Chron 2:21, the same
went and took the small towns thereof; of that part of Gilead given to Machir:
and called them Havothjair; after his own name: in Deut 3:14, they are called Bashanhavothjair.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:41 Havoth-jair--that is, "tent-villages." Jair, who captured them, was a descendant of Manasseh on his mother's side (1Chron 1:21-22).
32:4232:42: Եւ Նաբաւ գնա՛ց՝ եւ ա՛ռ զԿանաթ եւ զաւանս նորա, եւ անուանեաց զնոսա Նաբաւթ ըստ անուան իւրոյ[1562]։[1562] Ոմանք. Նաբովթ. ըստ անուան իւ՛՛։
42 Նաբաւը գնաց գրաւեց Կանաթն ու նրա աւանները, որոնք իր անունով կոչեց Նաբաւթ:
42 Եւ Նոբահ գնաց ու Կանաթը ու անոր գիւղերը առաւ եւ զանիկա իր անունովը Նոբահ կոչեց։
Եւ Նաբաւ գնաց եւ առ զԿանաթ եւ զաւանս նորա, եւ անուանեաց [528]զնոսա Նաբաւթ ըստ անուան իւրոյ:

32:42: Եւ Նաբաւ գնա՛ց՝ եւ ա՛ռ զԿանաթ եւ զաւանս նորա, եւ անուանեաց զնոսա Նաբաւթ ըստ անուան իւրոյ[1562]։
[1562] Ոմանք. Նաբովթ. ըստ անուան իւ՛՛։
42 Նաբաւը գնաց գրաւեց Կանաթն ու նրա աւանները, որոնք իր անունով կոչեց Նաբաւթ:
42 Եւ Նոբահ գնաց ու Կանաթը ու անոր գիւղերը առաւ եւ զանիկա իր անունովը Նոբահ կոչեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:4242: И Новах пошел и взял Кенаф и зависящие от него города, и назвал его своим именем: Новах.
32:42 καὶ και and; even Ναβαυ ναβαυ travel; go καὶ και and; even ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get τὴν ο the Κανααθ κανααθ and; even τὰς ο the κώμας κωμη village αὐτῆς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐπωνόμασεν επονομαζω named αὐτὰς αυτος he; him Ναβωθ ναβωθ from; out of τοῦ ο the ὀνόματος ονομα name; notable αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:42 וְ wᵊ וְ and נֹ֣בַח nˈōvaḥ נֹבַח Nobah הָלַ֔ךְ hālˈaḵ הלך walk וַ wa וְ and יִּלְכֹּ֥ד yyilkˌōḏ לכד seize אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] קְנָ֖ת qᵊnˌāṯ קְנָת Kenath וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בְּנֹתֶ֑יהָ bᵊnōṯˈeʸhā בַּת daughter וַ wa וְ and יִּקְרָ֧א yyiqrˈā קרא call לָ֦ה lˈā לְ to נֹ֖בַח nˌōvaḥ נֹבַח Nobah בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁמֹֽו׃ פ šᵊmˈô . f שֵׁם name
32:42. Nobe quoque perrexit et adprehendit Canath cum viculis suis vocavitque eam ex nomine suo NobeNobe also went, and took Canath with the villages thereof: and he called it by his own name, Nobe.
42. And Nobah went and took Kenath, and the villages thereof, and called it Nobah, after his own name.
32:42. Likewise, Nobah went forth and captured Kenath with its villages. And he called it by his own name, Nobah.
32:42. And Nobah went and took Kenath, and the villages thereof, and called it Nobah, after his own name.
And Nobah went and took Kenath, and the villages thereof, and called it Nobah, after his own name:

42: И Новах пошел и взял Кенаф и зависящие от него города, и назвал его своим именем: Новах.
32:42
καὶ και and; even
Ναβαυ ναβαυ travel; go
καὶ και and; even
ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get
τὴν ο the
Κανααθ κανααθ and; even
τὰς ο the
κώμας κωμη village
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐπωνόμασεν επονομαζω named
αὐτὰς αυτος he; him
Ναβωθ ναβωθ from; out of
τοῦ ο the
ὀνόματος ονομα name; notable
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:42
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נֹ֣בַח nˈōvaḥ נֹבַח Nobah
הָלַ֔ךְ hālˈaḵ הלך walk
וַ wa וְ and
יִּלְכֹּ֥ד yyilkˌōḏ לכד seize
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
קְנָ֖ת qᵊnˌāṯ קְנָת Kenath
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בְּנֹתֶ֑יהָ bᵊnōṯˈeʸhā בַּת daughter
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְרָ֧א yyiqrˈā קרא call
לָ֦ה lˈā לְ to
נֹ֖בַח nˌōvaḥ נֹבַח Nobah
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁמֹֽו׃ פ šᵊmˈô . f שֵׁם name
32:42. Nobe quoque perrexit et adprehendit Canath cum viculis suis vocavitque eam ex nomine suo Nobe
Nobe also went, and took Canath with the villages thereof: and he called it by his own name, Nobe.
32:42. Likewise, Nobah went forth and captured Kenath with its villages. And he called it by his own name, Nobah.
32:42. And Nobah went and took Kenath, and the villages thereof, and called it Nobah, after his own name.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:42: Kenath - Now Kenawat, an important site near the southern extremity of the tract el-Lejah, and on the western slopes of the mountains of the Hauran. The name given to it by its conqueror, as in other cases, fell ere long into disuse, and the old name has held its ground to this day.
The notices, both Scriptural and traditional, of the conquest of northeastern Gilead and Bashan by the Machirites, plainly intimate that it was effected by a few chiefs of great military prowess, who overran rapidly a far larger district than they could colonize. The father of Jair, however, Segub, was of the tribe of Judah (compare Num 27:1, and note; Ch1 2:21-22), and it is likely that the Manassite leaders induced many of the more adventurous of this tribe, and some possibly of other tribes, to join them in their enterprise against Bashan (see Jos 19:34).
The Machirites did not exterminate the whole population of this district (see Jos 13:15, etc.). The conquest of the district east of Jordan seems never to have been so effectually accomplished as that on the other side.
During the troublous times of the Judges the eastern Manassites rendered good service to the nation; compare Jdg 5:14. Gideon, and probably Jephthah, were of this tribe, and reflect in a later generation the warlike and adventurous spirit which Jair and Nobah exhibited in the days of Moses.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:42
Nobah, whose family is never referred to, but who probably belonged, like Jair, to one of the families of Machirites, took the town of Kenath and its daughters, i.e., the smaller towns dependent upon it (see Num 21:25), and gave it his own name Nobah. The name has not been preserved, and is not to be sought, as Kurtz supposes, in the village of Nowa (Newe), in Jotan, which is mentioned by Burckhardt (p. 443), and was once a town of half an hour's journey in circumference. For Kenath, which is only mentioned again in 1Chron 2:23 as having been taken from the Israelites by Gesur and Aram, is Κάναθα, which Josephus (de bell. Jud. i. 19, 2), and Ptolemy speak of as belonging to Coelesyria, and Pliny (h. n. 5, 16) to Decapolis, and which was situated, according to Jerome, "in the region of Trachonitis, near to Bostra." The ruins are very extensive even now, being no less than 2 1/2 or 3 miles in circumference, and containing magnificent remains of palaces from the times of Trajan and Hadrian. It is on the western slope of Jebel Hauran, and is only inhabited by a few families of Druses. The present name is Kanuat. (For description, see Seetzen, i. pp. 78ff.; Burckhardt, pp. 157ff.; cf. Ritter, Erdk.)
John Gill
32:42 And Nobah went and took Kenath, and the villages thereof,.... Who this Nobah was is not certain, very probably a descendant of Manasseh; it is said (u) he was among those that were born in Egypt, and died after the death of Moses, and was buried beyond Jordan, as it is said, also did Machir and Jair, so that there were none left but Caleb, and Joshua:
and called it Nobah, after his name; but it seems that in later times its ancient name was restored to it; for Jerom (w), says there was a village in Arabia, called Cannatha, which is supposed to be this place; though he also tells us (x), that eight miles from Heshbon; to the south, is shown a desert place called Naba. Pliny (y) places Cannatha in the Decapolis.
(u) Seder Olam Rabba, c. 9. p. 27. (w) Ut supra. (De loc. Heb. fol. 89. M.) (x) De loc. Heb. fol. 93. H. (y) Nat. Hist. l. 5. c. 18.
John Wesley
32:42 Nobah - Who, though not else where named, was doubtless an eminent person of the tribe of Manasseh. 'Tis observable, that these tribes, as they were placed before the other tribes, so they were displaced before them. They were carried captive by the king of Assyria, some years before the other tribes. Such a proportion does providence frequently observe, in balancing prosperity and adversity.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:42 Nobah--also a distinguished person connected with the eastern branch of the tribe of Manasseh.